blob: 064ba3af37c32489d3123a05c01c028dfd176804 [file] [log] [blame]
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11// definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +000015#include "TargetInfo.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000016#include "ABIInfo.h"
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000017#include "CGCXXABI.h"
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +000018#include "CGValue.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000019#include "CodeGenFunction.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000020#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Mark Laceya8e7df32013-10-30 21:53:58 +000021#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +000022#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +000024#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
Chandler Carruthffd55512013-01-02 11:45:17 +000025#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
26#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000027#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +000028#include <algorithm> // std::sort
29
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000030using namespace clang;
31using namespace CodeGen;
32
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000033static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
34 llvm::Value *Array,
35 llvm::Value *Value,
36 unsigned FirstIndex,
37 unsigned LastIndex) {
38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
David Blaikiefb901c7a2015-04-04 15:12:29 +000040 llvm::Value *Cell =
41 Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Builder.getInt8Ty(), Array, I);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000042 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
43 }
44}
45
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000046static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
John McCall47fb9502013-03-07 21:37:08 +000047 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000048 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
49}
50
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000051ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
52
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000053static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000054 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000055 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
56 if (!RD)
57 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000058 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000059}
60
61static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000062 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000063 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
64 if (!RT)
65 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000066 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
67}
68
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +000069/// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema
70/// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type".
71static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) {
72 if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) {
73 const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
74 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
75 assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union");
76 return UD->field_begin()->getType();
77 }
78 }
79 return Ty;
80}
81
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000082CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
83 return CGT.getCXXABI();
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000084}
85
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000086ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
87 return CGT.getContext();
88}
89
90llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
91 return CGT.getLLVMContext();
92}
93
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +000094const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
95 return CGT.getDataLayout();
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000096}
97
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +000098const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
99 return CGT.getTarget();
100}
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000101
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +0000102bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
103 return false;
104}
105
106bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
107 uint64_t Members) const {
108 return false;
109}
110
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +0000111bool ABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const {
112 return false;
113}
114
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000115void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000116 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000117 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000118 switch (TheKind) {
119 case Direct:
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000120 OS << "Direct Type=";
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000121 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000122 Ty->print(OS);
123 else
124 OS << "null";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000125 break;
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000126 case Extend:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000127 OS << "Extend";
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000128 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000129 case Ignore:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000130 OS << "Ignore";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000131 break;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000132 case InAlloca:
133 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
134 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000135 case Indirect:
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000136 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
Joerg Sonnenberger4921fe22011-07-15 18:23:44 +0000137 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
Daniel Dunbar7b7c2932010-09-16 20:42:02 +0000138 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000139 break;
140 case Expand:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000141 OS << "Expand";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000142 break;
143 }
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000144 OS << ")\n";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000145}
146
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000147TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
148
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000149// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
150// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
151unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
152 // Verified for:
153 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
154 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
155 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin
156 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI)
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000157 // AArch64 Linux
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000158 return 32;
159}
160
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000161bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
162 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000163 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
164 // x86_stdcall
165 // MIPS
166 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
167 return false;
168}
169
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +0000170void
171TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
172 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
173 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
174 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
175 // dynamic.
176 Opt = "-l";
177 Opt += Lib;
178}
179
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000180static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000181
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000182/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000183/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000184static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
185 bool AllowArrays) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000186 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
187 return true;
188
189 QualType FT = FD->getType();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000190
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000191 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
192 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000193 if (AllowArrays)
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000194 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
195 if (AT->getSize() == 0)
196 return true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000197 FT = AT->getElementType();
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000198 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000199
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000200 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
201 if (!RT)
202 return false;
203
204 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
205 //
206 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
207 // current ABI.
208 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
209 return false;
210
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000211 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000212}
213
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000214/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000215/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
216/// considered empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000217static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000218 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000219 if (!RT)
220 return 0;
221 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
222 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
223 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000224
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000225 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000226 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000227 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
228 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000229 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000230
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000231 for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
232 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000233 return false;
234 return true;
235}
236
237/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
238/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
239/// exactly one field which is itself a single element
240/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
241/// considered single element structs.
242///
243/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
244/// it exists.
245static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
Benjamin Kramer83b1bf32015-03-02 16:09:24 +0000246 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000247 if (!RT)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000248 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000249
250 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
251 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000252 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000253
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000254 const Type *Found = nullptr;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000255
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000256 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
257 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000258 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000259 // Ignore empty records.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000260 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000261 continue;
262
263 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
264 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000265 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000266
267 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
268 // cannot be a single element struct.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000269 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000270 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000271 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000272 }
273 }
274
275 // Check for single element.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000276 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000277 QualType FT = FD->getType();
278
279 // Ignore empty fields.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000280 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000281 continue;
282
283 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
284 // struct.
285 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000286 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000287
288 // Treat single element arrays as the element.
289 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
290 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
291 break;
292 FT = AT->getElementType();
293 }
294
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000295 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000296 Found = FT.getTypePtr();
297 } else {
298 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
299 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000300 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000301 }
302 }
303
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000304 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
305 // padding beyond the element type.
306 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000307 return nullptr;
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000308
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000309 return Found;
310}
311
312static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000313 // Treat complex types as the element type.
314 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
315 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
316
317 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
318 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32
319 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000320 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000321 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000322 return false;
323
324 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
325 return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
326}
327
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000328/// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
329/// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
330/// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
331/// inhibiting optimizations.
332///
333// FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
334// llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
335// should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
336// capable of handling it.
337static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
338 // We can only expand structure types.
339 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
340 if (!RT)
341 return false;
342
343 // We can only expand (C) structures.
344 //
345 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
346 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Manman Ren27382782015-04-03 18:10:29 +0000347 if (!RD->isStruct())
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000348 return false;
349
Manman Ren27382782015-04-03 18:10:29 +0000350 // We try to expand CLike CXXRecordDecl.
351 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
352 if (!CXXRD->isCLike())
353 return false;
354 }
355
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000356 uint64_t Size = 0;
357
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000358 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000359 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
360 return false;
361
362 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
363 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
364 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
365 if (FD->isBitField())
366 return false;
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000367
368 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000369 }
370
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000371 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
372 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
373 return false;
374
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000375 return true;
376}
377
378namespace {
379/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
380/// details. This implementation provides information which results in
381/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
382/// conform to any particular ABI.
383class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000384public:
385 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000386
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000387 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
388 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000389
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000390 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000391 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
392 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000393 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
394 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000395 }
396
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000397 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
398 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000399};
400
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000401class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
402public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000403 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
404 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000405};
406
407llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
408 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000409 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000410}
411
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000412ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerac385062015-05-18 22:46:30 +0000413 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
414
415 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
416 // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
417 // passed by value.
418 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
419 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
420
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000421 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Reid Klecknerac385062015-05-18 22:46:30 +0000422 }
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000423
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000424 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
425 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
426 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000427
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000428 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
429 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000430}
431
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000432ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
433 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
434 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
435
436 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
437 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
438
439 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
440 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
441 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
442
443 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
444 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
445}
446
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000447//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
448// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000449//
450// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values
451// are always passed on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000452//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
453
454class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
455 public:
456 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
457
458 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000459 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000460
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000461 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
462 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
463 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000464};
465
466class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
467 public:
468 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
469 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
470};
471
472void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000473 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000474 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
475
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000476 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
477 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
478}
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000479
480llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
481 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000482 return nullptr;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000483}
484
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000485/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
486ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000487 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000488 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000489 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000490 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000491 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
492 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000493 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000494 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
495 // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
496 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000497 }
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000498
499 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
500 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000501}
502
503ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
504 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
505 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
506
Eli Benderskye20dad62013-04-04 22:49:35 +0000507 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000508 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
509 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
510
511 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
512 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
513 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
514
515 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
516 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
517}
518
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000519/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
520bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
521 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000522 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
523 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
524 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
525}
526
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000527static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000528 StringRef Constraint,
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000529 llvm::Type* Ty) {
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000530 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
531 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
532 // Invalid MMX constraint
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000533 return nullptr;
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000534 }
535
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000536 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000537 }
538
539 // No operation needed
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000540 return Ty;
541}
542
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000543/// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the
544/// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
545static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
546 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
547 if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half)
548 return true;
549 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
550 // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX
551 // registers specially.
552 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
553 if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512)
554 return true;
555 }
556 return false;
557}
558
559/// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers
560/// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
561static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) {
562 return NumMembers <= 4;
563}
564
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000565//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
566// X86-32 ABI Implementation
567//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000568
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000569/// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
570struct CCState {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000571 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {}
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000572
573 unsigned CC;
574 unsigned FreeRegs;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000575 unsigned FreeSSERegs;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000576};
577
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000578/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
579class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000580 enum Class {
581 Integer,
582 Float
583 };
584
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000585 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
586
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000587 bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
588 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000589 bool IsWin32StructABI;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000590 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000591
592 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
593 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
594 }
595
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000596 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
597 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
598 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
599 }
600
601 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
602 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
603 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
604 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
605 }
606
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000607 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000608
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000609 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
610 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000611 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
612
613 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000614
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000615 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000616 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000617
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000618 Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000619 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000620 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
621 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000622
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000623 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
624 /// inalloca.
625 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
626
627 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
628 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
629 QualType Type) const;
630
Rafael Espindola75419dc2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000631public:
632
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000633 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
634 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
635 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000636
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000637 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000638 unsigned r)
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000639 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000640 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000641};
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000642
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000643class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
644public:
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000645 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000646 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
647 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000648
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +0000649 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
650 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
651
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +0000652 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000653 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000654
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000655 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000656 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000657 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000658 return 4;
659 }
660
661 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000662 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000663
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000664 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000665 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000666 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000667 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
668 }
669
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000670 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue,
671 std::string &Constraints,
672 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
673 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
674 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests,
675 std::string &AsmString,
676 unsigned NumOutputs) const override;
677
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000678 llvm::Constant *
679 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +0000680 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
681 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
682 ('F' << 16) |
683 ('T' << 24);
684 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
685 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000686};
687
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +0000688}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000689
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000690/// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints.
691/// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output,
692/// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1:
693/// mov $0, $1
694/// mov eax, $1
695/// The result will be:
696/// mov $0, $2
697/// mov eax, $2
698static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn,
699 unsigned NumNewOuts,
700 std::string &AsmString) {
701 std::string Buf;
702 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
703 size_t Pos = 0;
704 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) {
705 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos);
706 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos)
707 DollarStart = AsmString.size();
708 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart);
709 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos)
710 DollarEnd = AsmString.size();
711 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos);
712 Pos = DollarEnd;
713 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart;
714 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) {
715 // We have an operand reference.
716 size_t DigitStart = Pos;
717 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart);
718 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos)
719 DigitEnd = AsmString.size();
720 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart);
721 unsigned OperandIndex;
722 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) {
723 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn)
724 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts;
725 OS << OperandIndex;
726 } else {
727 OS << OperandStr;
728 }
729 Pos = DigitEnd;
730 }
731 }
732 AsmString = std::move(OS.str());
733}
734
735/// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers.
736void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs(
737 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints,
738 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
739 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
740 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString,
741 unsigned NumOutputs) const {
742 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType());
743
744 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is
745 // larger.
746 if (!Constraints.empty())
747 Constraints += ',';
748 if (RetWidth <= 32) {
749 Constraints += "={eax}";
750 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty);
751 } else {
752 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX.
753 Constraints += "=A";
754 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
755 }
756
757 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size.
758 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth);
759 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy);
760
761 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer.
762 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(),
763 CoerceTy->getPointerTo()));
764 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot);
765
766 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString);
767}
768
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000769/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
770/// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000771bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
772 ASTContext &Context) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000773 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
774
775 // Type must be register sized.
776 if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
777 return false;
778
779 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
780 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
781 // registers.
782 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
783 return false;
784
785 return true;
786 }
787
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000788 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
789 // member function pointer it is ok.
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000790 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
Daniel Dunbarb3b1e532009-09-24 05:12:36 +0000791 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000792 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000793 return true;
794
795 // Arrays are treated like records.
796 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000797 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000798
799 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000800 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000801 if (!RT) return false;
802
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000803 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
804
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000805 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
806 // passed in a register.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000807 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000808 // Empty fields are ignored.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000809 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000810 continue;
811
812 // Check fields recursively.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000813 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000814 return false;
815 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000816 return true;
817}
818
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000819ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
820 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
821 // integer register.
822 if (State.FreeRegs) {
823 --State.FreeRegs;
824 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
825 }
826 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
827}
828
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +0000829ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
830 CCState &State) const {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000831 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000832 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000833
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000834 const Type *Base = nullptr;
835 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
836 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
837 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) {
838 // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly.
839 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
840 }
841
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000842 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000843 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000844 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000845 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000846
847 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
848 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
849 // backend will like.
850 if (Size == 128)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000851 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000852 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000853
854 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
855 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
856 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
857 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000858 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000859 Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000860
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000861 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000862 }
863
864 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000865 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000866
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000867 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000868 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000869 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000870 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000871 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000872 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000873
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000874 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
875 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000876 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000877
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000878 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
879 // in a register.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000880 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000881 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000882
883 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
884 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000885 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
886 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
887 // quality of the generated IR.
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000888 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000889 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000890 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000891 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
892
893 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
894 // padding.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000895 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000896 }
897
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000898 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000899 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000900
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000901 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
902 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
903 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
904
905 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
906 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000907}
908
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000909static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
910 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
911}
912
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000913static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
914 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
915 if (!RT)
916 return 0;
917 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
918
919 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
920 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000921 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
922 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000923 return false;
924
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000925 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000926 QualType FT = i->getType();
927
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000928 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000929 return true;
930
931 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
932 return true;
933 }
934
935 return false;
936}
937
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000938unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
939 unsigned Align) const {
940 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
941 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000942 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000943 return 0; // Use default alignment.
944
945 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
946 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
947 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000948 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000949 }
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000950
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000951 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000952 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
953 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000954 return 16;
955
956 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000957}
958
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000959ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000960 CCState &State) const {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000961 if (!ByVal) {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000962 if (State.FreeRegs) {
963 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000964 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
965 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000966 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000967 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000968
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000969 // Compute the byval alignment.
970 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
971 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
972 if (StackAlign == 0)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000973 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000974
975 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
976 // argument.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000977 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
978 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000979}
980
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000981X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
982 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
983 if (!T)
984 T = Ty.getTypePtr();
985
986 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
987 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
988 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
989 return Float;
990 }
991 return Integer;
992}
993
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000994bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
995 bool &NeedsPadding) const {
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000996 NeedsPadding = false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000997 Class C = classify(Ty);
998 if (C == Float)
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000999 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001000
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001001 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1002 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
Rafael Espindolae2a9e902012-10-23 02:04:01 +00001003
1004 if (SizeInRegs == 0)
1005 return false;
1006
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001007 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
1008 State.FreeRegs = 0;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001009 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001010 }
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001011
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001012 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001013
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001014 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1015 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001016 if (Size > 32)
1017 return false;
1018
1019 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
1020 return true;
1021
1022 if (Ty->isPointerType())
1023 return true;
1024
1025 if (Ty->isReferenceType())
1026 return true;
1027
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001028 if (State.FreeRegs)
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001029 NeedsPadding = true;
1030
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001031 return false;
1032 }
1033
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001034 return true;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001035}
1036
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001037ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1038 CCState &State) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001039 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001040
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00001041 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
1042
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001043 // Check with the C++ ABI first.
1044 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1045 if (RT) {
1046 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
1047 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
1048 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
1049 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
1050 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
1051 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
1052 }
1053 }
1054
1055 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar
1056 // to other targets.
1057 const Type *Base = nullptr;
1058 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
1059 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
1060 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
1061 if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
1062 State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
1063 if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
1064 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1065 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
1066 }
1067 return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);
1068 }
1069
1070 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
1071 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001072 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001073 if (IsWin32StructABI)
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001074 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +00001075
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001076 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001077 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001078 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +00001079 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001080
Eli Friedman9f061a32011-11-18 00:28:11 +00001081 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
Eli Friedmanf22fa9e2011-11-18 04:01:36 +00001082 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001083 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
1084
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001085 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
1086 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
1087 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001088 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001089 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Craig Topperac9201a2013-07-08 04:47:18 +00001090 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001091 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
1092 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
1093 }
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00001094 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001095
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +00001096 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
1097 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
1098 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
1099 // optimizations.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001100 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
1101 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001102 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001103 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1104 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall,
1105 PaddingType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001106
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001107 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001108 }
1109
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001110 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerd7e54802010-08-26 20:08:43 +00001111 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
1112 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001113 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1114 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001115 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1116 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
1117 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1118 Size));
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001119 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001120
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +00001121 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
1122 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001123
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001124 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1125 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001126
1127
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001128 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1129 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001130
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001131 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001132 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001133
1134 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
1135 if (InReg)
1136 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
1137 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
1138 }
1139 if (InReg)
1140 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
1141 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001142}
1143
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001144void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001145 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
1146 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
1147 State.FreeRegs = 2;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001148 else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1149 State.FreeRegs = 2;
1150 State.FreeSSERegs = 6;
1151 } else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001152 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001153 else
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001154 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001155
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001156 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001157 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001158 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
1159 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
1160 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
1161 if (State.FreeRegs) {
1162 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register.
1163 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
1164 }
1165 }
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001166
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00001167 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
1168 if (FI.isChainCall())
1169 ++State.FreeRegs;
1170
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001171 bool UsedInAlloca = false;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00001172 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
1173 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
1174 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001175 }
1176
1177 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
1178 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
1179 if (UsedInAlloca)
1180 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
1181}
1182
1183void
1184X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
1185 unsigned &StackOffset,
1186 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001187 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
1188 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
1189 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
1190 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
1191
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001192 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4
1193 // byte aligned.
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001194 if (StackOffset % 4U) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001195 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001196 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001197 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
1198 assert(NumBytes);
1199 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
1200 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
1201 FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1202 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001203}
1204
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001205static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1206 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1207 switch (Info.getKind()) {
1208 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1209 return true;
1210 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1211 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1212 return true;
1213 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1214 return false;
1215 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1216 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1217 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1218 if (Info.getInReg())
1219 return false;
1220 return true;
1221 }
1222 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1223}
1224
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001225void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1226 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1227
1228 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1229 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1230
1231 unsigned StackOffset = 0;
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001232 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1233
1234 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1235 bool IsThisCall =
1236 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1237 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1238 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1239 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1240 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1241 ++I;
1242 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001243
1244 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001245 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1246 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1247 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
Reid Klecknerfab1e892014-02-25 00:59:14 +00001248 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1249 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001250 }
1251
1252 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001253 if (IsThisCall)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001254 ++I;
1255
1256 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1257 for (; I != E; ++I) {
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001258 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1259 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001260 }
1261
1262 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1263 /*isPacked=*/true));
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001264}
1265
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001266llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1267 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001268 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001269
1270 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1271 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1272 "ap");
1273 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001274
1275 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1276 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1277 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1278 Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1279 if (Align > 4) {
1280 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1281 llvm::Value *Offset =
1282 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1283 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1284 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1285 CGF.Int32Ty);
1286 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1287 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1288 Addr->getType(),
1289 "ap.cur.aligned");
1290 }
1291
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001292 llvm::Type *PTy =
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00001293 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001294 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1295
1296 uint64_t Offset =
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001297 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001298 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00001299 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001300 "ap.next");
1301 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1302
1303 return AddrTyped;
1304}
1305
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001306bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1307 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1308 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1309
1310 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1311 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1312 break;
1313 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return
1314 return false;
1315 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return
1316 return true;
1317 }
1318
1319 if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
1320 return true;
1321
1322 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001323 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1324 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1325 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1326 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001327 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Reid Kleckner2918fef2014-11-24 22:05:42 +00001328 return true;
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001329 default:
1330 return false;
1331 }
1332}
1333
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001334void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001335 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1336 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1337 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1338 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1339 // Get the LLVM function.
1340 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1341
1342 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
Bill Wendlinga514ebc2012-10-15 20:36:26 +00001343 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
Bill Wendlingccf94c92012-10-14 03:28:14 +00001344 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
Bill Wendling9a677922013-01-23 00:21:06 +00001345 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1346 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1347 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1348 B));
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001349 }
1350 }
1351}
1352
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001353bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1354 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1355 llvm::Value *Address) const {
1356 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001357
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001358 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001359
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001360 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different
1361 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1362 // 8 is %eip.
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001363 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001364
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001365 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001366 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4.
1367 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1368 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001369 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001370 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001371
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001372 } else {
1373 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1374 // reason.
David Blaikiefb901c7a2015-04-04 15:12:29 +00001375 Builder.CreateStore(
1376 Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(CGF.Int8Ty, Address, 9));
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001377
1378 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5.
1379 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1380 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001381 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001382 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1383 }
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001384
1385 return false;
1386}
1387
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00001388//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1389// X86-64 ABI Implementation
1390//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1391
1392
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001393namespace {
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001394/// The AVX ABI level for X86 targets.
1395enum class X86AVXABILevel {
1396 None,
Ahmed Bougacha0b938282015-06-22 21:31:43 +00001397 AVX,
1398 AVX512
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001399};
1400
1401/// \p returns the size in bits of the largest (native) vector for \p AVXLevel.
1402static unsigned getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) {
1403 switch (AVXLevel) {
Ahmed Bougacha0b938282015-06-22 21:31:43 +00001404 case X86AVXABILevel::AVX512:
1405 return 512;
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001406 case X86AVXABILevel::AVX:
1407 return 256;
1408 case X86AVXABILevel::None:
1409 return 128;
1410 }
Yaron Kerenb76cb042015-06-23 09:45:42 +00001411 llvm_unreachable("Unknown AVXLevel");
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001412}
1413
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001414/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1415class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1416 enum Class {
1417 Integer = 0,
1418 SSE,
1419 SSEUp,
1420 X87,
1421 X87Up,
1422 ComplexX87,
1423 NoClass,
1424 Memory
1425 };
1426
1427 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1428 ///
1429 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1430 /// classification \arg Field.
1431 ///
1432 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1433 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1434 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1435 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001436 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001437
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001438 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1439 ///
1440 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1441 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1442 ///
1443 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1444 /// the classification process.
1445 ///
1446 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1447 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1448 ///
1449 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1450 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1451 ///
1452 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1453
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001454 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1455 /// given type T should be passed.
1456 ///
1457 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1458 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1459 ///
1460 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1461 /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1462 ///
1463 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1464 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different
1465 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1466 ///
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001467 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1468 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1469 ///
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001470 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1471 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1472 /// will be Memory.
1473 ///
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +00001474 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001475 ///
1476 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1477 /// also be ComplexX87.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001478 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1479 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001480
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001481 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001482 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1483 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1484 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1485 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1486 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1487 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001488
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001489 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001490 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001491 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001492
1493 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001494 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001495 ///
1496 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1497 /// available.
1498 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001499
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001500 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001501
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001502 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001503 unsigned freeIntRegs,
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001504 unsigned &neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001505 unsigned &neededSSE,
1506 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001507
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001508 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1509
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001510 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1511 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1512 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which
1513 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1514 /// may need to exempt themselves.
1515 bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001516 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001517 }
1518
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001519 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel;
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001520 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1521 // 64-bit hardware.
1522 bool Has64BitPointers;
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001523
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001524public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001525 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) :
1526 ABIInfo(CGT), AVXLevel(AVXLevel),
Derek Schuff8a872f32012-10-11 18:21:13 +00001527 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001528 }
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001529
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001530 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1531 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001532 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001533 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1534 /*isNamedArg*/true);
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001535 if (info.isDirect()) {
1536 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1537 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1538 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1539 }
1540 return false;
1541 }
1542
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001543 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001544
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001545 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1546 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Peter Collingbourne69b004d2015-02-25 23:18:42 +00001547
1548 bool has64BitPointers() const {
1549 return Has64BitPointers;
1550 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001551};
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001552
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001553/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001554class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1555
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001556 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
1557 bool IsReturnType) const;
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001558
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001559public:
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001560 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1561
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001562 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001563
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001564 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1565 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001566
1567 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
1568 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1569 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
1570 }
1571
1572 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
1573 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
1574 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1575 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
1576 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001577};
1578
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001579class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1580public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001581 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
Alexey Bataev00396512015-07-02 03:40:19 +00001582 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, AVXLevel)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001583
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001584 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1585 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1586 }
1587
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001588 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001589 return 7;
1590 }
1591
1592 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001593 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001594 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001595
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001596 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1597 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001598 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001599 return false;
1600 }
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001601
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00001602 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001603 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001604 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001605 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1606 }
1607
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001608 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001609 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001610 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1611 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001612 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do
Eli Friedmanb8e45b22011-12-06 03:08:26 +00001613 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1614 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1615 // defines varargs anyway.
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00001616 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001617 bool HasAVXType = false;
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001618 for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1619 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1620 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1621 HasAVXType = true;
1622 break;
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001623 }
1624 }
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001625
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001626 if (!HasAVXType)
1627 return true;
1628 }
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001629
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001630 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001631 }
1632
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001633 llvm::Constant *
1634 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourne69b004d2015-02-25 23:18:42 +00001635 unsigned Sig;
1636 if (getABIInfo().has64BitPointers())
1637 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1638 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c
1639 ('F' << 16) |
1640 ('T' << 24);
1641 else
1642 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1643 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
1644 ('F' << 16) |
1645 ('T' << 24);
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +00001646 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1647 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001648};
1649
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001650class PS4TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo {
1651public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001652 PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
1653 : X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, AVXLevel) {}
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001654
1655 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00001656 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001657 Opt = "\01";
Yunzhong Gaod65200c2015-07-20 17:46:56 +00001658 // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes.
1659 if (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos)
1660 Opt += "\"" + Lib.str() + "\"";
1661 else
1662 Opt += Lib;
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001663 }
1664};
1665
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001666static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
Michael Kupersteinf0e4ccf2015-02-16 11:57:43 +00001667 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix.
1668 // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes.
1669 // This matches the behavior of MSVC.
1670 bool Quote = (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos);
1671 std::string ArgStr = Quote ? "\"" : "";
1672 ArgStr += Lib;
Rui Ueyama727025a2013-10-31 19:12:53 +00001673 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001674 ArgStr += ".lib";
Michael Kupersteinf0e4ccf2015-02-16 11:57:43 +00001675 ArgStr += Quote ? "\"" : "";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001676 return ArgStr;
1677}
1678
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001679class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1680public:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00001681 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1682 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1683 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001684
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001685 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001686 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1687
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001688 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001689 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001690 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001691 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001692 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001693
1694 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1695 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001696 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001697 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001698 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001699};
1700
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001701static void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D,
1702 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1703 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) {
1704 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1705 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize != 4096) {
1706 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1707
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00001708 Fn->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size",
1709 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001710 }
1711 }
1712}
1713
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001714void WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001715 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1716 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001717 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001718
1719 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1720}
1721
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001722class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1723public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001724 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1725 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
Alexey Bataev00396512015-07-02 03:40:19 +00001726 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001727
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001728 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001729 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1730
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001731 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001732 return 7;
1733 }
1734
1735 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001736 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001737 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001738
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001739 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1740 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001741 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001742 return false;
1743 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001744
1745 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001746 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001747 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001748 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001749 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001750
1751 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1752 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001753 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001754 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001755 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001756};
1757
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001758void WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001759 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1760 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001761 TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001762
1763 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1764}
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00001765}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001766
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001767void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1768 Class &Hi) const {
1769 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1770 //
1771 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1772 // memory.
1773 //
1774 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1775 // memory.
1776 //
1777 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1778 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1779 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1780 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1781 //
1782 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1783 //
1784 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise
1785 // only with unions; for example:
1786 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1787 //
1788 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1789 //
1790 if (Hi == Memory)
1791 Lo = Memory;
1792 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1793 Lo = Memory;
1794 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1795 Lo = Memory;
1796 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1797 Hi = SSE;
1798}
1799
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001800X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001801 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1802 // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1803 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1804 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1805 //
1806 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1807 //
1808 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1809 // the other class.
1810 //
1811 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1812 // class.
1813 //
1814 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1815 // INTEGER.
1816 //
1817 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1818 // MEMORY is used as class.
1819 //
1820 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1821
1822 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1823 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1824 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1825 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1826 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1827 return Accum;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001828 if (Field == Memory)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001829 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001830 if (Accum == NoClass)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001831 return Field;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001832 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001833 return Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001834 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1835 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001836 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001837 return SSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001838}
1839
Chris Lattner5c740f12010-06-30 19:14:05 +00001840void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001841 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001842 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1843 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1844 // situations.
1845
1846 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1847 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1848 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1849
1850 Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1851
1852 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1853 Current = Memory;
1854
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001855 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001856 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1857
1858 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1859 Current = NoClass;
1860 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1861 Lo = Integer;
1862 Hi = Integer;
1863 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1864 Current = Integer;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001865 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1866 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001867 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001868 Current = SSE;
1869 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1870 Lo = X87;
1871 Hi = X87Up;
1872 }
1873 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1874 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001875 return;
1876 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001877
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001878 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001879 // Classify the underlying integer type.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001880 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001881 return;
1882 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001883
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001884 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001885 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001886 return;
1887 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001888
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001889 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00001890 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
1891 if (Has64BitPointers) {
1892 // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both
1893 // Lo and Hi now.
1894 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1895 } else {
1896 // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that
1897 // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well.
1898 uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1899 uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64;
1900 if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) {
1901 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1902 } else {
1903 Current = Integer;
1904 }
1905 }
1906 } else {
Daniel Dunbar36d4d152010-05-15 00:00:37 +00001907 Current = Integer;
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00001908 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001909 return;
1910 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001911
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001912 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001913 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
David Majnemerf8d14db2015-07-17 05:49:13 +00001914 if (Size == 1 || Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) {
1915 // gcc passes the following as integer:
1916 // 4 bytes - <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x float>
1917 // 2 bytes - <2 x char>, <1 x short>
1918 // 1 byte - <1 x char>
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001919 Current = Integer;
1920
1921 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1922 // split.
David Majnemerf8d14db2015-07-17 05:49:13 +00001923 uint64_t EB_Lo = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1924 uint64_t EB_Hi = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1925 if (EB_Lo != EB_Hi)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001926 Hi = Lo;
1927 } else if (Size == 64) {
1928 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1929 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1930 return;
1931
1932 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
Chris Lattner46830f22010-08-26 18:03:20 +00001933 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
Chris Lattner69e683f2010-08-26 18:13:50 +00001934 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1935 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1936 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001937 Current = Integer;
1938 else
1939 Current = SSE;
1940
1941 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1942 // split.
1943 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1944 Hi = Lo;
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001945 } else if (Size == 128 ||
1946 (isNamedArg && Size <= getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel))) {
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001947 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1948 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1949 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1950 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1951 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1952 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1953 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001954 //
1955 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1956 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1957 // variadic function.
Ahmed Bougacha0b938282015-06-22 21:31:43 +00001958 //
1959 // Similarly, per 3.2.3. of the AVX512 draft, 512-bits ("named") args are
1960 // split into eight eightbyte chunks, one SSE and seven SSEUP.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001961 Lo = SSE;
1962 Hi = SSEUp;
1963 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001964 return;
1965 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001966
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001967 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001968 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001969
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001970 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00001971 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001972 if (Size <= 64)
1973 Current = Integer;
1974 else if (Size <= 128)
1975 Lo = Hi = Integer;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001976 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001977 Current = SSE;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001978 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1979 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001980 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001981 Lo = Hi = SSE;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001982 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001983 Current = ComplexX87;
1984
1985 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1986 // should be split.
1987 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001988 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001989 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1990 Hi = Lo;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001991
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001992 return;
1993 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001994
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001995 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001996 // Arrays are treated like structures.
1997
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001998 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001999
2000 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002001 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
2002 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002003 return;
2004
2005 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
2006 // fields, it has class MEMORY.
2007 //
2008 // Only need to check alignment of array base.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002009 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002010 return;
2011
2012 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
2013 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
2014 Current = NoClass;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002015 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002016 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes75541d02011-07-12 01:27:38 +00002017
2018 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
2019 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2020 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2021 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
2022 return;
2023
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002024 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
2025 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002026 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002027 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2028 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2029 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2030 break;
2031 }
2032
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002033 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002034 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002035 return;
2036 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002037
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002038 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002039 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002040
2041 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002042 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
2043 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002044 return;
2045
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002046 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
2047 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
2048 // reference.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002049 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002050 return;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002051
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002052 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2053
2054 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
2055 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
2056 return;
2057
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002058 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002059
2060 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
2061 Current = NoClass;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002062
2063 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
2064 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002065 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2066 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002067 "Unexpected base class!");
2068 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002069 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002070
2071 // Classify this field.
2072 //
2073 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
2074 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
2075 // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
2076 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002077 uint64_t Offset =
2078 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002079 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002080 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2081 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
David Majnemercefbc7c2015-07-08 05:14:29 +00002082 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) {
2083 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
2084 return;
2085 }
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002086 }
2087 }
2088
2089 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002090 unsigned idx = 0;
Bruno Cardoso Lopes0aadf832011-07-12 22:30:58 +00002091 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002092 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002093 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2094 bool BitField = i->isBitField();
2095
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002096 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
2097 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002098 //
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002099 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
2100 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2101 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2102 //
2103 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
2104 Lo = Memory;
David Majnemer699dd042015-07-08 05:07:05 +00002105 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002106 return;
2107 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002108 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002109 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002110 Lo = Memory;
David Majnemer699dd042015-07-08 05:07:05 +00002111 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002112 return;
2113 }
2114
2115 // Classify this field.
2116 //
2117 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
2118 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
2119 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
2120 // NO_CLASS.
2121 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2122
2123 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
2124 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
2125 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
2126 if (BitField) {
2127 // Ignore padding bit-fields.
2128 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
2129 continue;
2130
2131 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00002132 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002133
2134 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
2135 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
Sylvestre Ledru0c4813e2013-10-06 09:54:18 +00002136
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002137 if (EB_Lo) {
2138 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
2139 FieldLo = NoClass;
2140 FieldHi = Integer;
2141 } else {
2142 FieldLo = Integer;
2143 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
2144 }
2145 } else
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002146 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002147 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2148 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2149 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2150 break;
2151 }
2152
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002153 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002154 }
2155}
2156
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002157ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002158 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2159 // place naturally.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00002160 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002161 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2162 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2163 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2164
2165 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2166 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2167 }
2168
2169 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
2170}
2171
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002172bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2173 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2174 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00002175 unsigned LargestVector = getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel);
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002176 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
2177 return true;
2178 }
2179
2180 return false;
2181}
2182
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002183ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
2184 unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002185 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2186 // place naturally.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002187 //
2188 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
2189 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
2190 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
2191 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
2192 // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002193 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002194 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2195 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2196 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2197
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00002198 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2199 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002200 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002201
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002202 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002203 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002204
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00002205 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
2206 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
2207 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002208
2209 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
2210 // is important for good codegen.
2211 //
2212 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
2213 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
2214 //
2215 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
2216 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
2217 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
2218 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
2219 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
2220 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
2221 // might be inreg.
2222 //
2223 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
2224 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
2225 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
2226 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
2227 //
2228 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
2229 // attributes. See PR12193.
2230 if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
2231 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2232
2233 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
2234 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
2235 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
2236 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2237 Size));
2238 }
2239
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00002240 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002241}
2242
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002243/// The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in a full vector XMM/YMM
2244/// register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a vector register.
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002245llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002246 // Wrapper structs/arrays that only contain vectors are passed just like
2247 // vectors; strip them off if present.
2248 if (const Type *InnerTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
2249 Ty = QualType(InnerTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002250
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002251 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Andrea Di Biagioe7347c62015-06-02 19:34:40 +00002252 if(isa<llvm::VectorType>(IRType))
2253 return IRType;
2254
2255 // We couldn't find the preferred IR vector type for 'Ty'.
2256 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2257 assert((Size == 128 || Size == 256) && "Invalid type found!");
2258
2259 // Return a LLVM IR vector type based on the size of 'Ty'.
2260 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()),
2261 Size / 64);
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00002262}
2263
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002264/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
2265/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
2266/// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
2267/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
2268/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
2269///
2270/// It is conservatively correct to return false.
2271static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
2272 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
2273 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
2274 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
2275 // types that don't contain interesting padding.
2276 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
2277 if (TySize <= StartBit)
2278 return true;
2279
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002280 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
2281 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
2282 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
2283
2284 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
2285 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2286 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
2287 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
2288 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002289
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002290 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
2291 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
2292 EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
2293 return false;
2294 }
2295 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
2296 return true;
2297 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002298
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002299 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2300 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2301 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002302
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002303 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
2304 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002305 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2306 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002307 "Unexpected base class!");
2308 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002309 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002310
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002311 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002312 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002313 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002314
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002315 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002316 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002317 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2318 return false;
2319 }
2320 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002321
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002322 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes
2323 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2324 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2325 // much.
2326 unsigned idx = 0;
2327 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2328 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2329 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002330
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002331 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2332 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2333
2334 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2335 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2336 Context))
2337 return false;
2338 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002339
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002340 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2341 // clean.
2342 return true;
2343 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002344
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002345 return false;
2346}
2347
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002348/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2349/// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a
2350/// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2351/// false.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002352static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002353 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002354 // Base case if we find a float.
2355 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2356 return true;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002357
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002358 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002359 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002360 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2361 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2362 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2363 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2364 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002365
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002366 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002367 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2368 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002369 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2370 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2371 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2372 }
2373
2374 return false;
2375}
2376
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002377
2378/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2379/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002380llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2381GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002382 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattner50a357e2010-07-29 18:19:50 +00002383 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002384 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for
2385 // structs that contain 3 floats.
2386 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2387 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2388 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002389
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002390 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2391 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2392 // case.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002393 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2394 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
Chris Lattner9f8b4512010-08-25 23:39:14 +00002395 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002396
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002397 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2398}
2399
2400
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002401/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2402/// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2403/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks
2404/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002405/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2406/// etc).
2407///
2408/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2409/// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2410/// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null.
2411///
Alp Toker9907f082014-07-09 14:06:35 +00002412/// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002413/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2414///
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002415llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2416GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002417 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002418 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2419 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it.
2420 if (IROffset == 0) {
2421 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002422 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2423 IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002424 return IRType;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002425
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002426 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2427 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to
2428 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2429 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We
2430 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2431 // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2432 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002433 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2434 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2435 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2436 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002437
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002438 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2439 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2440 return IRType;
2441 }
2442 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002443
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002444 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002445 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002446 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002447 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2448 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2449 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002450
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002451 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2452 SourceTy, SourceOffset);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002453 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002454 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002455
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002456 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002457 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002458 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002459 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002460 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2461 SourceOffset);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002462 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002463
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002464 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2465 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002466 unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2467 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002468
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002469 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002470
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002471 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2472 // isn't larger than the structure.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002473 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2474 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002475}
2476
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002477
2478/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2479/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2480/// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of
2481/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2482/// return {i32*, float}.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002483static llvm::Type *
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00002484GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002485 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002486 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2487 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2488 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2489 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this:
2490 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2491 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
David Majnemered684072014-10-20 06:13:36 +00002492 unsigned HiStart = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002493 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002494
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002495 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2496 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size
2497 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2498 // struct.
2499 if (HiStart != 8) {
Derek Schuff5ec51282015-06-24 22:36:38 +00002500 // There are usually two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce
2501 // for the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or
2502 // i8/i16/i32. This can also include pointers when they are 32-bit (X32 and
2503 // NaCl).
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002504 // Promote these to a larger type.
2505 if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2506 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2507 else {
Derek Schuff3c6a48d2015-06-24 22:36:36 +00002508 assert((Lo->isIntegerTy() || Lo->isPointerTy())
2509 && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002510 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2511 }
2512 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002513
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002514 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002515
2516
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002517 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2518 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2519 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2520 return Result;
2521}
2522
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002523ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00002524classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002525 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2526 // classification algorithm.
2527 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002528 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002529
2530 // Check some invariants.
2531 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002532 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2533
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002534 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002535 switch (Lo) {
2536 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002537 if (Hi == NoClass)
2538 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2539 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2540 // null.
2541 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2542 "Unknown missing lo part");
2543 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002544
2545 case SSEUp:
2546 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002547 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002548
2549 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2550 // hidden argument.
2551 case Memory:
2552 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2553
2554 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2555 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2556 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002557 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002558
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002559 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2560 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2561 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2562 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2563 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2564 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002565
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002566 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2567 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2568 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2569 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002570 break;
2571
2572 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2573 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2574 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002575 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002576 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002577
2578 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2579 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2580 case X87:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002581 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002582 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002583
2584 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2585 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2586 // %st1.
2587 case ComplexX87:
2588 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00002589 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002590 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002591 nullptr);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002592 break;
2593 }
2594
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002595 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002596 switch (Hi) {
2597 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2598 // never occur as a hi class.
2599 case Memory:
2600 case X87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002601 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002602
2603 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002604 case NoClass:
2605 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002606
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002607 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002608 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002609 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2610 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002611 break;
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002612 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002613 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002614 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2615 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002616 break;
2617
2618 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002619 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2620 // vector register.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002621 //
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002622 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002623 case SSEUp:
2624 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002625 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002626 break;
2627
2628 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2629 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2630 case X87Up:
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002631 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002632 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002633 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002634 // extra bits in an SSE reg.
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002635 if (Lo != X87) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002636 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002637 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2638 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002639 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002640 break;
2641 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002642
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002643 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002644 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2645 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002646 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002647 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002648
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002649 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002650}
2651
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002652ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002653 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2654 bool isNamedArg)
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002655 const
2656{
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00002657 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
2658
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002659 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002660 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002661
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002662 // Check some invariants.
2663 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2664 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002665 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2666
2667 neededInt = 0;
2668 neededSSE = 0;
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002669 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002670 switch (Lo) {
2671 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002672 if (Hi == NoClass)
2673 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2674 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2675 // null.
2676 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2677 "Unknown missing lo part");
2678 break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002679
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002680 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2681 // on the stack.
2682 case Memory:
2683
2684 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2685 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2686 case X87:
2687 case ComplexX87:
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002688 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
Eli Friedman4774b7e2011-06-29 07:04:55 +00002689 ++neededInt;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002690 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002691
2692 case SSEUp:
2693 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002694 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002695
2696 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2697 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2698 // and %r9 is used.
2699 case Integer:
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002700 ++neededInt;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002701
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002702 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002703 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002704
2705 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2706 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2707 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2708 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2709 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2710 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002711
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002712 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2713 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2714 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2715 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002716
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002717 break;
2718
2719 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2720 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2721 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002722 case SSE: {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002723 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Eli Friedman1310c682011-07-02 00:57:27 +00002724 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002725 ++neededSSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002726 break;
2727 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002728 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002729
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002730 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002731 switch (Hi) {
2732 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002733 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002734 // which is passed in memory.
2735 case Memory:
2736 case X87:
2737 case ComplexX87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002738 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002739
2740 case NoClass: break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002741
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002742 case Integer:
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002743 ++neededInt;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002744 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002745 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002746
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002747 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2748 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002749 break;
2750
2751 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2752 // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2753 case X87Up:
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002754 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002755 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002756
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002757 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2758 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002759
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002760 ++neededSSE;
2761 break;
2762
2763 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2764 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002765 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002766 case SSEUp:
Chris Lattnerf4ba08a2010-07-28 23:47:21 +00002767 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002768 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002769 break;
2770 }
2771
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002772 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
2773 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2774 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2775 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002776 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002777
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002778 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002779}
2780
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00002781void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002782
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002783 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2784 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002785
2786 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002787 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002788
2789 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2790 // integer register.
2791 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2792 --freeIntRegs;
2793
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00002794 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
2795 if (FI.isChainCall())
2796 ++freeIntRegs;
2797
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002798 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002799 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2800 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002801 unsigned ArgNo = 0;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002802 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002803 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
2804 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002805
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002806 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002807 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002808 neededSSE, IsNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002809
2810 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2811 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2812 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2813 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002814 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002815 freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2816 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2817 } else {
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002818 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002819 }
2820 }
2821}
2822
2823static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2824 QualType Ty,
2825 CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00002826 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
2827 nullptr, VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002828 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2829 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2830
2831 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2832 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002833 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2834 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002835 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2836 if (Align > 8) {
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002837 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002838 llvm::Value *Offset =
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002839 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002840 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2841 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002842 CGF.Int64Ty);
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002843 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002844 overflow_arg_area =
2845 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2846 overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2847 "overflow_arg_area.align");
2848 }
2849
2850 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002851 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002852 llvm::Value *Res =
2853 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002854 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002855
2856 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2857 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2858 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2859 // an 8 byte boundary.
2860
2861 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002862 llvm::Value *Offset =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002863 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002864 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2865 "overflow_arg_area.next");
2866 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2867
2868 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2869 return Res;
2870}
2871
2872llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2873 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2874 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2875 // struct {
2876 // i32 gp_offset;
2877 // i32 fp_offset;
2878 // i8* overflow_arg_area;
2879 // i8* reg_save_area;
2880 // };
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002881 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002882
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +00002883 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00002884 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002885 /*isNamedArg*/false);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002886
2887 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2888 // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2889 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2890 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2891
2892 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2893 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2894 // the number of floating point registers needed.
2895
2896 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2897 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2898 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2899 //
2900 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2901 // register save space).
2902
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002903 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2904 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2905 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002906 if (neededInt) {
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002907 gp_offset_p =
2908 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002909 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002910 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2911 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002912 }
2913
2914 if (neededSSE) {
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002915 fp_offset_p =
2916 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002917 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2918 llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002919 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2920 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002921 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2922 }
2923
2924 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2925 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2926 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2927 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2928
2929 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2930
2931 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2932
2933 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2934 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2935 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2936 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2937 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2938 //
2939 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2940 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2941 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2942 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002943 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002944 llvm::Value *RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
2945 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 3), "reg_save_area");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002946 if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2947 // FIXME: Cleanup.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00002948 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002949 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002950 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2951 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002952 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002953 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2954 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
Chris Lattner51e1cc22010-08-26 06:28:35 +00002955 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002956 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002957 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2958 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002959 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2960 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Rafael Espindola0a500af2014-06-24 20:01:50 +00002961 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2962 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002963 llvm::Value *V =
2964 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002965 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 0));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002966 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002967 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 1));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002968
Owen Anderson170229f2009-07-14 23:10:40 +00002969 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002970 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002971 } else if (neededInt) {
2972 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2973 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002974 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002975
2976 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2977 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2978 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2979 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2980 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2981 if (TyAlign > 8) {
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002982 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2983 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2984 RegAddr = Tmp;
2985 }
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002986 } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2987 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2988 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2989 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002990 } else {
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002991 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2992 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2993 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2994 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002995 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002996 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002997 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002998 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002999 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00003000 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
3001 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003002 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
3003 DblPtrTy));
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00003004 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 0));
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003005 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
3006 DblPtrTy));
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00003007 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 1));
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003008 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
3009 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003010 }
3011
3012 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
3013 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
3014 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
3015 if (neededInt) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00003016 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003017 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
3018 gp_offset_p);
3019 }
3020 if (neededSSE) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00003021 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003022 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
3023 fp_offset_p);
3024 }
3025 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3026
3027 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
3028
3029 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
3030 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3031
3032 // Return the appropriate result.
3033
3034 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
Jay Foad20c0f022011-03-30 11:28:58 +00003035 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003036 "vaarg.addr");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003037 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
3038 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003039 return ResAddr;
3040}
3041
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003042ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
3043 bool IsReturnType) const {
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003044
3045 if (Ty->isVoidType())
3046 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3047
3048 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3049 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3050
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003051 TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty);
3052 uint64_t Width = Info.Width;
3053 unsigned Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align).getQuantity();
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003054
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003055 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
3056 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003057 if (!IsReturnType) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003058 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003059 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
3060 }
3061
3062 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003063 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3064
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003065 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003066 if (Width == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003067 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003068 Width));
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003069 }
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003070
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003071 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to
3072 // other targets.
3073 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3074 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
3075 if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
3076 if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
3077 FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
3078 if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
3079 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3080 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3081 }
3082 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
3083 }
3084
3085
Reid Klecknerec87fec2014-05-02 01:17:12 +00003086 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Reid Kleckner7f5f0f32014-05-02 01:14:59 +00003087 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
3088 // directly.
3089 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
3090 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
3091 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003092 }
3093
Michael Kuperstein4f818702015-02-24 09:35:58 +00003094 if (RT || Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003095 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
3096 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003097 if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003098 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003099
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003100 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003101 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width));
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003102 }
3103
Julien Lerouge10dcff82014-08-27 00:36:55 +00003104 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not
3105 // extended.
3106 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3107 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool)
Julien Lerougee8d34fa2014-08-26 22:11:53 +00003108 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
3109
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003110 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3111}
3112
3113void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003114 bool IsVectorCall =
3115 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall;
Reid Kleckner37abaca2014-05-09 22:46:15 +00003116
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003117 // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall.
3118 unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0;
3119 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3120 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true);
3121
3122 // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall.
3123 FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003124 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003125 I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003126}
3127
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00003128llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3129 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003130 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003131
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00003132 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3133 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
3134 "ap");
3135 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3136 llvm::Type *PTy =
3137 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3138 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3139
3140 uint64_t Offset =
3141 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
3142 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3143 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
3144 "ap.next");
3145 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3146
3147 return AddrTyped;
3148}
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003149
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003150// PowerPC-32
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003151namespace {
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003152/// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3153class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003154public:
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003155 PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
3156
3157 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3158 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
3159};
3160
3161class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3162public:
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003163 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
3164 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003165
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003166 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003167 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3168 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3169 }
3170
3171 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003172 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003173};
3174
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00003175}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003176
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003177llvm::Value *PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3178 QualType Ty,
3179 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3180 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3181 // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore.
3182 (void)CTy;
3183 return nullptr;
3184 }
3185
3186 bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64;
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003187 bool isInt =
3188 Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType();
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003189 llvm::Type *CharPtr = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3190 llvm::Type *CharPtrPtr = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3191
3192 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3193 llvm::Value *GPRPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, CharPtr, "gprptr");
3194 llvm::Value *GPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(GPRPtr, CGF.Int32Ty);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003195 llvm::Value *FPRPtrAsInt =
3196 Builder.CreateAdd(GPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(1));
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003197 llvm::Value *FPRPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(FPRPtrAsInt, CharPtr);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003198 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtrAsInt =
3199 Builder.CreateAdd(FPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(3));
3200 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtr =
3201 Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
3202 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt =
3203 Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(4));
3204 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtr =
3205 Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003206 llvm::Value *GPR = Builder.CreateLoad(GPRPtr, false, "gpr");
3207 // Align GPR when TY is i64.
3208 if (isI64) {
3209 llvm::Value *GPRAnd = Builder.CreateAnd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3210 llvm::Value *CC64 = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(GPRAnd, Builder.getInt8(1));
3211 llvm::Value *GPRPlusOne = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3212 GPR = Builder.CreateSelect(CC64, GPRPlusOne, GPR);
3213 }
3214 llvm::Value *FPR = Builder.CreateLoad(FPRPtr, false, "fpr");
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003215 llvm::Value *OverflowArea =
3216 Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaPtr, false, "overflow_area");
3217 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaAsInt =
3218 Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OverflowArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
3219 llvm::Value *RegsaveArea =
3220 Builder.CreateLoad(RegsaveAreaPtr, false, "regsave_area");
3221 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaAsInt =
3222 Builder.CreatePtrToInt(RegsaveArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003223
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003224 llvm::Value *CC =
3225 Builder.CreateICmpULT(isInt ? GPR : FPR, Builder.getInt8(8), "cond");
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003226
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003227 llvm::Value *RegConstant =
3228 Builder.CreateMul(isInt ? GPR : FPR, Builder.getInt8(isInt ? 4 : 8));
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003229
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003230 llvm::Value *OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(
3231 RegsaveAreaAsInt, Builder.CreateSExt(RegConstant, CGF.Int32Ty));
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003232
3233 if (Ty->isFloatingType())
3234 OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(OurReg, Builder.getInt32(32));
3235
3236 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs");
3237 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow");
3238 llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont");
3239
3240 Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow);
3241
3242 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs);
3243
3244 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3245 llvm::Value *Result1 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OurReg, PTy);
3246 // Increase the GPR/FPR indexes.
3247 if (isInt) {
3248 GPR = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(isI64 ? 2 : 1));
3249 Builder.CreateStore(GPR, GPRPtr);
3250 } else {
3251 FPR = Builder.CreateAdd(FPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3252 Builder.CreateStore(FPR, FPRPtr);
3253 }
3254 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3255
3256 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow);
3257
3258 // Increase the overflow area.
3259 llvm::Value *Result2 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, PTy);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003260 OverflowAreaAsInt =
3261 Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaAsInt, Builder.getInt32(isInt ? 4 : 8));
3262 Builder.CreateStore(Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, CharPtr),
3263 OverflowAreaPtr);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003264 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3265
3266 CGF.EmitBlock(Cont);
3267
3268 llvm::PHINode *Result = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(PTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
3269 Result->addIncoming(Result1, UsingRegs);
3270 Result->addIncoming(Result2, UsingOverflow);
3271
3272 if (Ty->isAggregateType()) {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003273 llvm::Value *AGGPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Result, CharPtrPtr, "aggrptr");
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003274 return Builder.CreateLoad(AGGPtr, false, "aggr");
3275 }
3276
3277 return Result;
3278}
3279
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003280bool
3281PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3282 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3283 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3284 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3285
3286 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003287
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003288 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003289 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3290 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3291 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3292
3293 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003294 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003295
3296 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003297 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003298
3299 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3300 // 64: mq
3301 // 65: lr
3302 // 66: ctr
3303 // 67: ap
3304 // 68-75 cr0-7
3305 // 76: xer
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003306 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003307
3308 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003309 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003310
3311 // 109: vrsave
3312 // 110: vscr
3313 // 111: spe_acc
3314 // 112: spefscr
3315 // 113: sfp
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003316 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003317
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003318 return false;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003319}
3320
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003321// PowerPC-64
3322
3323namespace {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003324/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3325class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003326public:
3327 enum ABIKind {
3328 ELFv1 = 0,
3329 ELFv2
3330 };
3331
3332private:
3333 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
3334 ABIKind Kind;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003335 bool HasQPX;
3336
3337 // A vector of float or double will be promoted to <4 x f32> or <4 x f64> and
3338 // will be passed in a QPX register.
3339 bool IsQPXVectorTy(const Type *Ty) const {
3340 if (!HasQPX)
3341 return false;
3342
3343 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3344 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3345 if (NumElements == 1)
3346 return false;
3347
3348 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) {
3349 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 256)
3350 return true;
3351 } else if (VT->getElementType()->
3352 isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
3353 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128)
3354 return true;
3355 }
3356 }
3357
3358 return false;
3359 }
3360
3361 bool IsQPXVectorTy(QualType Ty) const {
3362 return IsQPXVectorTy(Ty.getTypePtr());
3363 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003364
3365public:
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003366 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX)
3367 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind), HasQPX(HasQPX) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003368
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003369 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003370 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty, bool &Align32) const;
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003371
3372 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3373 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
3374
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003375 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3376 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3377 uint64_t Members) const override;
3378
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003379 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
3380 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
3381 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
3382 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
3383 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
3384 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003385 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003386 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3387 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003388 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003389 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
3390 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00003391 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003392 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003393 if (T) {
3394 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003395 if (IsQPXVectorTy(T) ||
3396 (T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003397 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003398 QualType QT(T, 0);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003399 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003400 continue;
3401 }
3402 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003403 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003404 }
3405 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003406
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003407 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3408 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003409};
3410
3411class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003412
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003413public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003414 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003415 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX)
Alexey Bataev00396512015-07-02 03:40:19 +00003416 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind, HasQPX)) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003417
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003418 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003419 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3420 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3421 }
3422
3423 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003424 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003425};
3426
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003427class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
3428public:
3429 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
3430
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003431 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003432 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3433 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3434 }
3435
3436 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003437 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003438};
3439
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00003440}
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003441
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003442// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
3443// extended to 64 bits.
3444bool
3445PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3446 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3447 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3448 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3449
3450 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3451 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3452 return true;
3453
3454 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3455 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3456 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3457 switch (BT->getKind()) {
3458 case BuiltinType::Int:
3459 case BuiltinType::UInt:
3460 return true;
3461 default:
3462 break;
3463 }
3464
3465 return false;
3466}
3467
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003468/// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte
3469/// alignment in the parameter area.
3470bool
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003471PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty, bool &Align32) const {
3472 Align32 = false;
3473
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003474 // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3475 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3476 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3477
3478 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3479 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003480 if (IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
3481 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 128)
3482 Align32 = true;
3483
3484 return true;
3485 } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003486 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003487 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003488
3489 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3490 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3491 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3492 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3493 if (EltType) {
3494 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003495 if (IsQPXVectorTy(EltType) || (EltType->isVectorType() &&
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003496 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3497 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3498 AlignAsType = EltType;
3499 }
3500
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003501 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3502 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3503 uint64_t Members = 0;
3504 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3505 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3506 AlignAsType = Base;
3507
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003508 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003509 if (AlignAsType && IsQPXVectorTy(AlignAsType)) {
3510 if (getContext().getTypeSize(AlignAsType) > 128)
3511 Align32 = true;
3512
3513 return true;
3514 } else if (AlignAsType) {
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003515 return AlignAsType->isVectorType();
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003516 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003517
3518 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3519 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003520 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) {
3521 if (HasQPX && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 256)
3522 Align32 = true;
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003523 return true;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003524 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003525
3526 return false;
3527}
3528
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003529/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3530/// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3531/// to the number of base elements.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003532bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3533 uint64_t &Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003534 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3535 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3536 if (NElements == 0)
3537 return false;
3538 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3539 return false;
3540 Members *= NElements;
3541 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3542 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3543 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3544 return false;
3545
3546 Members = 0;
Ulrich Weiganda094f042014-10-29 13:23:20 +00003547
3548 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
3549 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
3550 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
3551 // Ignore empty records.
3552 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true))
3553 continue;
3554
3555 uint64_t FldMembers;
3556 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3557 return false;
3558
3559 Members += FldMembers;
3560 }
3561 }
3562
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003563 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3564 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3565 QualType FT = FD->getType();
3566 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3567 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3568 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3569 return false;
3570 FT = AT->getElementType();
3571 }
3572 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3573 continue;
3574
3575 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3576 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3577 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3578 continue;
3579
3580 uint64_t FldMembers;
3581 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3582 return false;
3583
3584 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3585 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3586 }
3587
3588 if (!Base)
3589 return false;
3590
3591 // Ensure there is no padding.
3592 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3593 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3594 return false;
3595 } else {
3596 Members = 1;
3597 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3598 Members = 2;
3599 Ty = CT->getElementType();
3600 }
3601
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003602 // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths.
3603 if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty))
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003604 return false;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003605
3606 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that
3607 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3608 // treated as being equivalent here.
3609 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3610 if (!Base)
3611 Base = TyPtr;
3612
3613 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3614 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3615 return false;
3616 }
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003617 return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members);
3618}
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003619
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003620bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
3621 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3622 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3623 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3624 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3625 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3626 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3627 return true;
3628 }
3629 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003630 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128 || IsQPXVectorTy(Ty))
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003631 return true;
3632 }
3633 return false;
3634}
3635
3636bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(
3637 const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003638 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3639 // or two registers depending on their size.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003640 uint32_t NumRegs =
3641 Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003642
3643 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003644 return Members * NumRegs <= 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003645}
3646
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003647ABIArgInfo
3648PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00003649 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3650
Bill Schmidt90b22c92012-11-27 02:46:43 +00003651 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
3652 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3653
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003654 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3655 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003656 if (Ty->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003657 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3658 if (Size > 128)
3659 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3660 else if (Size < 128) {
3661 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3662 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3663 }
3664 }
3665
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003666 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003667 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003668 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003669
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003670 bool Align32;
3671 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty, Align32) ?
3672 (Align32 ? 32 : 16) : 8;
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003673 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003674
3675 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
3676 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3677 uint64_t Members = 0;
3678 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3679 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3680 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3681 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3682 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3683 }
3684
Ulrich Weigand601957f2014-07-21 00:56:36 +00003685 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
3686 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
3687 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
3688 // back-end to store the argument to memory.
3689 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3690 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
3691 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3692
3693 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
3694 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
3695 if (Bits <= GPRBits)
3696 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3697 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3698 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
3699 // according to the required alignment in the save area.
3700 else {
3701 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
3702 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
3703 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
3704 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
3705 }
3706
3707 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3708 }
3709
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003710 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003711 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
3712 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003713 }
3714
3715 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
3716 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3717}
3718
3719ABIArgInfo
3720PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3721 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3722 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3723
Bill Schmidta3d121c2012-12-17 04:20:17 +00003724 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
3725 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3726
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003727 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3728 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003729 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(RetTy)) {
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003730 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3731 if (Size > 128)
3732 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3733 else if (Size < 128) {
3734 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3735 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3736 }
3737 }
3738
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003739 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3740 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
3741 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3742 uint64_t Members = 0;
3743 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3744 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
3745 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3746 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3747 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3748 }
3749
3750 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
3751 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3752 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
3753 if (Bits == 0)
3754 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3755
3756 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3757 if (Bits > GPRBits) {
3758 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00003759 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003760 } else
3761 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3762 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3763 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3764 }
3765
3766 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003767 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003768 }
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003769
3770 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
3771 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3772}
3773
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003774// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
3775llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3776 QualType Ty,
3777 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3778 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3779 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3780
3781 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3782 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3783 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3784
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003785 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area.
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003786 bool Align32;
3787 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty, Align32)) {
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003788 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003789 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt,
3790 Builder.getInt64(Align32 ? 31 : 15));
3791 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt,
3792 Builder.getInt64(Align32 ? -32 : -16));
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003793 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
3794 }
3795
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003796 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the
3797 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
3798 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the
3799 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003800 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003801 QualType BaseTy;
3802 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
3803
3804 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3805 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3806 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3807 if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3808 SizeInBytes = 16;
3809 }
3810
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003811 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3812 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3813 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3814 "ap.next");
3815 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3816
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003817 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3818 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3819 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a
3820 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate
3821 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3822 // and store them to a temporary structure.
3823 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3824 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3825 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003826 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003827 RealAddr =
3828 Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3829 ImagAddr =
3830 Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003831 } else {
3832 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8));
3833 }
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003834 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3835 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3836 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3837 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3838 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00003839 llvm::AllocaInst *Ptr =
3840 CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty), "vacplx");
3841 llvm::Value *RealPtr =
3842 Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr->getAllocatedType(), Ptr, 0, ".real");
3843 llvm::Value *ImagPtr =
3844 Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr->getAllocatedType(), Ptr, 1, ".imag");
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003845 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3846 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3847 return Ptr;
3848 }
3849
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003850 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3851 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3852 // correct offset.
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003853 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003854 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3855 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3856 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3857 }
3858
3859 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3860 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3861}
3862
3863static bool
3864PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3865 llvm::Value *Address) {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003866 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3867 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3868
3869 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3870
3871 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3872 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3873 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3874 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3875
3876 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3877 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3878
3879 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3880 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3881
3882 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3883 // 64: mq
3884 // 65: lr
3885 // 66: ctr
3886 // 67: ap
3887 // 68-75 cr0-7
3888 // 76: xer
3889 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3890
3891 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3892 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3893
3894 // 109: vrsave
3895 // 110: vscr
3896 // 111: spe_acc
3897 // 112: spefscr
3898 // 113: sfp
3899 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3900
3901 return false;
3902}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003903
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003904bool
3905PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3906 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3907 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3908
3909 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3910}
3911
3912bool
3913PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3914 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3915
3916 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3917}
3918
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003919//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003920// AArch64 ABI Implementation
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003921//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3922
3923namespace {
3924
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003925class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003926public:
3927 enum ABIKind {
3928 AAPCS = 0,
3929 DarwinPCS
3930 };
3931
3932private:
3933 ABIKind Kind;
3934
3935public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003936 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003937
3938private:
3939 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3940 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3941
3942 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003943 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003944 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3945 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3946 uint64_t Members) const override;
3947
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003948 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3949
David Blaikie1cbb9712014-11-14 19:09:44 +00003950 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003951 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3952 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003953
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003954 for (auto &it : FI.arguments())
3955 it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003956 }
3957
3958 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3959 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3960
3961 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3962 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3963
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00003964 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3965 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003966 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3967 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3968 }
3969};
3970
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003971class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003972public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003973 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3974 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003975
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00003976 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003977 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3978 }
3979
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00003980 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3981 return 31;
3982 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003983
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00003984 bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const override { return false; }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003985};
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00003986}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003987
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003988ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00003989 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3990
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003991 // Handle illegal vector types here.
3992 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
3993 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3994 if (Size <= 32) {
3995 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003996 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3997 }
3998 if (Size == 64) {
3999 llvm::Type *ResType =
4000 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004001 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4002 }
4003 if (Size == 128) {
4004 llvm::Type *ResType =
4005 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004006 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4007 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004008 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4009 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004010
4011 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
4012 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4013 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
4014 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4015
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004016 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
4017 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4018 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4019 }
4020
4021 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
4022 // copy constructor are always indirect.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004023 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004024 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004025 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004026 }
4027
4028 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
4029 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
4030 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4031 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
4032 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4033
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004034 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
4035 }
4036
4037 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004038 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004039 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004040 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004041 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
4042 llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004043 }
4044
4045 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
4046 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4047 if (Size <= 128) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00004048 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004049 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004050
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004051 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
4052 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00004053 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004054 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4055 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
4056 }
4057 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4058 }
4059
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004060 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4061}
4062
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004063ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004064 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4065 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4066
4067 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
4068 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
4069 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4070
4071 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
4072 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4073 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4074 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4075
Tim Northover4dab6982014-04-18 13:46:08 +00004076 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
4077 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4078 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004079 }
4080
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004081 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
4082 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4083
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004084 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004085 uint64_t Members = 0;
4086 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members))
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004087 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
4088 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4089
4090 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
4091 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4092 if (Size <= 128) {
Pete Cooper635b5092015-04-17 22:16:24 +00004093 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(RetTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004094 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
Pete Cooper635b5092015-04-17 22:16:24 +00004095
4096 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
4097 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
4098 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
4099 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4100 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
4101 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004102 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4103 }
4104
4105 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4106}
4107
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004108/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
4109bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004110 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4111 // Check whether VT is legal.
4112 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4113 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4114 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
4115 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
4116 return true;
4117 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
4118 }
4119 return false;
4120}
4121
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004122bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4123 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating
4124 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI,
4125 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed,
4126 // including __fp16.
4127 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4128 if (BT->isFloatingPoint())
4129 return true;
4130 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4131 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4132 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4133 return true;
4134 }
4135 return false;
4136}
4137
4138bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4139 uint64_t Members) const {
4140 return Members <= 4;
4141}
4142
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004143llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
4144 QualType Ty,
4145 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4146 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004147 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
4148
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004149 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
4150 if (IsIndirect)
4151 BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy);
4152 else if (AI.getCoerceToType())
4153 BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
4154
4155 unsigned NumRegs = 1;
4156 if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) {
4157 BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
4158 NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements();
4159 }
4160 bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy();
4161
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004162 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
4163 // Standard, section B.4:
4164 //
4165 // struct {
4166 // void *__stack;
4167 // void *__gr_top;
4168 // void *__vr_top;
4169 // int __gr_offs;
4170 // int __vr_offs;
4171 // };
4172
4173 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
4174 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
4175 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
4176 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
4177 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
4178
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004179 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004180 int reg_top_index;
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004181 int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4182 if (!IsFPR) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004183 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004184 reg_offs_p =
4185 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004186 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
4187 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004188 RegSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(RegSize, 8);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004189 } else {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004190 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004191 reg_offs_p =
4192 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004193 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
4194 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004195 RegSize = 16 * NumRegs;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004196 }
4197
4198 //=======================================
4199 // Find out where argument was passed
4200 //=======================================
4201
4202 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
4203 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
4204 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
4205 // whatever they get).
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004206 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004207 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
4208 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
4209
4210 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
4211
4212 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
Bob Wilson3abf1692014-04-21 01:23:36 +00004213 // question is whether this particular type is too big.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004214 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
4215
4216 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
4217 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
4218 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004219 if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004220 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4221
4222 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4223 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
4224 "align_regoffs");
4225 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4226 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
4227 "aligned_regoffs");
4228 }
4229
4230 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004231 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004232 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4233 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
4234 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
4235
4236 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
4237 // registers or not.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004238 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004239 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
4240 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
4241
4242 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
4243
4244 //=======================================
4245 // Argument was in registers
4246 //=======================================
4247
4248 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
4249 // registers. First start the appropriate block:
4250 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
4251
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004252 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004253 reg_top_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, reg_top_index,
4254 "reg_top_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004255 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
4256 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004257 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004258 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
4259
4260 if (IsIndirect) {
4261 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
4262 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
4263 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
4264 }
4265
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004266 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004267 uint64_t NumMembers = 0;
4268 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers);
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004269 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004270 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
4271 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
4272 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
4273 // contiguously.
4274 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
4275 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4276 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00004277 llvm::AllocaInst *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004278 int Offset = 0;
4279
4280 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
4281 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
4282 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
4283 llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
4284 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
4285 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
4286 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
4287 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004288 llvm::Value *StoreAddr =
4289 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp->getAllocatedType(), Tmp, i);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004290
4291 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
4292 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
4293 }
4294
4295 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
4296 } else {
4297 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
4298 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004299 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
4300 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004301 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
4302 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4303 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4304
4305 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4306 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4307
4308 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4309 }
4310
4311 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
4312 }
4313
4314 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4315
4316 //=======================================
4317 // Argument was on the stack
4318 //=======================================
4319 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
4320
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004321 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00004322 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004323 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
4324
4325 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
4326 // floating-point ones might be affected.
4327 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
4328 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4329
4330 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4331
4332 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4333 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
4334 "align_stack");
4335 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4336 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
4337 "align_stack");
4338
4339 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4340 }
4341
4342 uint64_t StackSize;
4343 if (IsIndirect)
4344 StackSize = 8;
4345 else
4346 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4347
4348 // All stack slots are 8 bytes
4349 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
4350
4351 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
4352 llvm::Value *NewStack =
4353 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
4354
4355 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
4356 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
4357
4358 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
4359 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
4360 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4361 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4362
4363 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4364 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4365
4366 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4367 }
4368
4369 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
4370
4371 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4372
4373 //=======================================
4374 // Tidy up
4375 //=======================================
4376 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4377
4378 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
4379 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
4380 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
4381
4382 if (IsIndirect)
4383 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
4384
4385 return ResAddr;
4386}
4387
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00004388llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
4389 QualType Ty,
4390 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004391 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
4392 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
4393 // other cases.
4394 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004395 return nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004396
4397 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4398 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4399
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004400 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004401 uint64_t Members = 0;
4402 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004403
4404 bool isIndirect = false;
4405 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
4406 // be passed indirectly.
4407 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
4408 isIndirect = true;
4409 Size = 8;
4410 Align = 8;
4411 }
4412
4413 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
4414 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
4415
4416 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4417 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
4418 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
4419
4420 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4421 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4422 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4423 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4424 }
4425
4426 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
4427 if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
4428 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
4429 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
4430 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4431 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
4432 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
4433 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
4434 }
4435
4436 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
4437 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
4438 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
4439 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4440
4441 if (isIndirect)
4442 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4443 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4444 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4445
4446 return AddrTyped;
4447}
4448
4449//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004450// ARM ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004451//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004452
4453namespace {
4454
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004455class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004456public:
4457 enum ABIKind {
4458 APCS = 0,
4459 AAPCS = 1,
4460 AAPCS_VFP
4461 };
4462
4463private:
4464 ABIKind Kind;
4465
4466public:
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004467 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind) {
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004468 setCCs();
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004469 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004470
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004471 bool isEABI() const {
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004472 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4473 case llvm::Triple::Android:
4474 case llvm::Triple::EABI:
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004475 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004476 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
Joerg Sonnenberger0c1652d2013-12-16 18:30:28 +00004477 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004478 return true;
4479 default:
4480 return false;
4481 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004482 }
4483
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004484 bool isEABIHF() const {
4485 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4486 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4487 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4488 return true;
4489 default:
4490 return false;
4491 }
4492 }
4493
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004494 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4495
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004496private:
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004497 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004498 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004499 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004500
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004501 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
4502 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
4503 uint64_t Members) const override;
4504
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004505 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004506
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004507 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4508 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004509
4510 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4511 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004512 void setCCs();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004513};
4514
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004515class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4516public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00004517 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4518 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004519
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004520 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4521 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4522 }
4523
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004524 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004525 return 13;
4526 }
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004527
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004528 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004529 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4530 }
4531
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004532 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004533 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004534 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004535
4536 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004537 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004538 return false;
4539 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004540
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004541 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004542 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4543 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4544 }
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004545
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004546 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004547 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004548 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4549 if (!FD)
4550 return;
4551
4552 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4553 if (!Attr)
4554 return;
4555
4556 const char *Kind;
4557 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4558 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4559 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4560 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4561 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break;
4562 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4563 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4564 }
4565
4566 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4567
4568 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4569
4570 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
4571 return;
4572
4573 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4574 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4575 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4576 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4577 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4578 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4579 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4580 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4581 B));
4582 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004583};
4584
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004585class WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public ARMTargetCodeGenInfo {
4586 void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4587 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const;
4588
4589public:
4590 WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4591 : ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, K) {}
4592
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004593 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004594 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
4595};
4596
4597void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(
4598 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
4599 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
4600 return;
4601 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize == 4096)
4602 return;
4603
4604 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4605 F->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size",
4606 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
4607}
4608
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004609void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004610 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004611 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004612 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
4613}
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00004614}
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004615
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00004616void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004617 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00004618 FI.getReturnInfo() =
4619 classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004620
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004621 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4622 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic());
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004623
Anton Korobeynikov231e8752011-04-14 20:06:49 +00004624 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4625 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4626 return;
4627
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004628 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4629 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004630 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004631}
Rafael Espindolaa92c4422010-06-16 16:13:39 +00004632
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004633/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4634llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4635 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004636 if (isEABIHF())
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004637 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4638 else if (isEABI())
4639 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4640 else
4641 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4642}
4643
4644/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4645/// as the C calling convention.
4646llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004647 switch (getABIKind()) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004648 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4649 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4650 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004651 }
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004652 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4653}
4654
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004655void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004656 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4657
4658 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4659 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4660 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4661 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4662 RuntimeCC = abiCC;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004663
4664 BuiltinCC = (getABIKind() == APCS ?
4665 llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS : llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004666}
4667
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004668ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
4669 bool isVariadic) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004670 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4671 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4672 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4673 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4674 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4675 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4676 // to four Elements.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004677 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004678
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00004679 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4680
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004681 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4682 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4683 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4684 if (Size <= 32) {
4685 llvm::Type *ResType =
4686 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004687 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004688 }
4689 if (Size == 64) {
4690 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4691 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004692 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004693 }
4694 if (Size == 128) {
4695 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4696 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004697 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004698 }
4699 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4700 }
4701
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004702 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004703 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004704 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004705 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004706 }
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004707
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004708 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4709 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004710 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004711
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004712 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004713 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004714 }
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004715
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004716 // Ignore empty records.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004717 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004718 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4719
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004720 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004721 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4722 // into VFP registers.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004723 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004724 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004725 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004726 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004727 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004728 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004729 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004730 }
4731
Manman Ren6c30e132012-08-13 21:23:55 +00004732 // Support byval for ARM.
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004733 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4734 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4735 // than ABI alignment.
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004736 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4737 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4738 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
Tim Northoverd157e192015-03-09 21:40:42 +00004739 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004740 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
Tim Northoverd157e192015-03-09 21:40:42 +00004741
Manman Ren8cd99812012-11-06 04:58:01 +00004742 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
Tim Northoverd157e192015-03-09 21:40:42 +00004743 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004744 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004745 }
4746
Daniel Dunbarb34b0802010-09-23 01:54:28 +00004747 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00004748 llvm::Type* ElemTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004749 unsigned SizeRegs;
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004750 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4751 // we can.
4752 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
Bob Wilson8e2b75d2011-08-01 23:39:04 +00004753 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4754 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004755 } else {
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004756 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4757 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
Stuart Hastingsf2752a32011-04-27 17:24:02 +00004758 }
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004759
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004760 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004761}
4762
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004763static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004764 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4765 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4766 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4767 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4768
4769 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4770
4771 // Check that the type fits in a word.
4772 if (Size > 32)
4773 return false;
4774
4775 // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4776 if (Ty->isVectorType())
4777 return false;
4778
Daniel Dunbard53bac72009-09-14 02:20:34 +00004779 // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4780 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4781 return false;
4782
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004783 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004784 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004785 return true;
4786
Daniel Dunbar96ebba52010-02-01 23:31:26 +00004787 // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4788 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4789 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004790
4791 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4792 // above, but they are not.
4793
4794 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4795 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4796 if (!RT) return false;
4797
4798 // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4799 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4800 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4801 return false;
4802
4803 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4804 // like".
4805 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4806
4807 bool HadField = false;
4808 unsigned idx = 0;
4809 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4810 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004811 const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004812
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004813 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4814 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4815 // struct { int : 0; int x }
4816 // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4817 if (FD->isBitField()) {
4818 if (!RD->isUnion())
4819 HadField = true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004820
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004821 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4822 return false;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004823
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004824 continue;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004825 }
4826
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004827 // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4828 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4829 return false;
4830
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004831 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4832 return false;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00004833
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004834 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4835 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4836 // empty structure.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004837 if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4838 if (HadField)
4839 return false;
4840
4841 HadField = true;
4842 }
4843 }
4844
4845 return true;
4846}
4847
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004848ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4849 bool isVariadic) const {
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004850 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004851
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004852 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004853 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004854
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004855 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004856 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004857 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004858 }
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004859
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004860 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004861 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4862 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4863 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4864
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004865 return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4866 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004867 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004868
4869 // Are we following APCS?
4870 if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004871 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004872 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4873
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004874 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4875 //
4876 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4877 // correctly.
4878 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004879 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(
4880 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004881
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004882 // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004883 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004884 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004885 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004886 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004887 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004888 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004889 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4890 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004891 }
4892
4893 // Otherwise return in memory.
4894 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004895 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004896
4897 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4898
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004899 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004900 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4901
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004902 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004903 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004904 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004905 uint64_t Members;
4906 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004907 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004908 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004909 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004910 }
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004911 }
4912
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004913 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4914 // are returned indirectly.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004915 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004916 if (Size <= 32) {
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004917 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
4918 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004919 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004920
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004921 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4922 if (Size <= 8)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004923 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004924 if (Size <= 16)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004925 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4926 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004927 }
4928
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004929 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004930}
4931
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004932/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4933bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4934 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4935 // Check whether VT is legal.
4936 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4937 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4938 // NumElements should be power of 2.
4939 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4940 return true;
4941 // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4942 return Size <= 32;
4943 }
4944 return false;
4945}
4946
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004947bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4948 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
4949 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
4950 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4951 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
4952 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4953 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4954 return true;
4955 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4956 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4957 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4958 return true;
4959 }
4960 return false;
4961}
4962
4963bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4964 uint64_t Members) const {
4965 return Members <= 4;
4966}
4967
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004968llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004969 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004970 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
4971 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004972
4973 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004974 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004975 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004976
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00004977 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4978 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4979 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4980 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4981 }
4982
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004983 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004984 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004985 bool IsIndirect = false;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004986
4987 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
4988 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00004989 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4990 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4991 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4992 else
4993 TyAlign = 4;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004994 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
4995 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
4996 IsIndirect = true;
4997 Size = 4;
4998 TyAlign = 4;
4999 }
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005000
5001 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00005002 if (TyAlign > 4) {
5003 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
5004 "Alignment is not power of 2!");
5005 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
5006 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
5007 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005008 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00005009 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005010
5011 uint64_t Offset =
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005012 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005013 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00005014 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005015 "ap.next");
5016 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5017
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005018 if (IsIndirect)
5019 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00005020 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005021 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
5022 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
5023 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
5024 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
5025 // than the ABI alignment.
5026 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
5027 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
5028 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
5029 "var.align");
5030 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
5031 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
5032 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
5033 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
5034 TyAlign, false);
5035 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
5036 }
5037 llvm::Type *PTy =
5038 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5039 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5040
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005041 return AddrTyped;
5042}
5043
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005044//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005045// NVPTX ABI Implementation
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005046//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5047
5048namespace {
5049
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005050class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005051public:
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005052 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005053
5054 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5055 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5056
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005057 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5058 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5059 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005060};
5061
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005062class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005063public:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005064 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5065 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005066
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005067 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005068 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005069private:
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005070 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
5071 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
5072 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005073};
5074
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005075ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005076 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5077 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005078
5079 // note: this is different from default ABI
5080 if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
5081 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5082
5083 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5084 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5085 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5086
5087 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5088 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005089}
5090
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005091ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005092 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5093 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5094 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005095
Eli Bendersky95338a02014-10-29 13:43:21 +00005096 // Return aggregates type as indirect by value
5097 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
5098 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /* byval */ true);
5099
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005100 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5101 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005102}
5103
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005104void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005105 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5106 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005107 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5108 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005109
5110 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
5111 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
5112 return;
5113
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00005114 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
5115}
5116
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005117llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5118 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
5119 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005120}
5121
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005122void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005123setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005124 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005125 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5126 if (!FD) return;
5127
5128 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5129
5130 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005131 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005132 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005133 // By default, all functions are device functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005134 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005135 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005136 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5137 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005138 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005139 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005140 }
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005141 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005142
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005143 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005144 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005145 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005146 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
5147 // need to set the noinline attribute.
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005148 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
5149 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5150 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5151 }
Artem Belevich7093e402015-04-21 22:55:54 +00005152 if (CUDALaunchBoundsAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005153 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
Artem Belevich7093e402015-04-21 22:55:54 +00005154 llvm::APSInt MaxThreads(32);
5155 MaxThreads = Attr->getMaxThreads()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
5156 if (MaxThreads > 0)
5157 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", MaxThreads.getExtValue());
5158
5159 // min blocks is an optional argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr. If it was
5160 // not specified in __launch_bounds__ or if the user specified a 0 value,
5161 // we don't have to add a PTX directive.
5162 if (Attr->getMinBlocks()) {
5163 llvm::APSInt MinBlocks(32);
5164 MinBlocks = Attr->getMinBlocks()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
5165 if (MinBlocks > 0)
5166 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
5167 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinBlocks.getExtValue());
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005168 }
5169 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005170 }
5171}
5172
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005173void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
5174 int Operand) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005175 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
5176 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
5177
5178 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
5179 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
5180
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005181 llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = {
5182 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
5183 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(
5184 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))};
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005185 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
5186 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
5187}
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00005188}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005189
5190//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005191// SystemZ ABI Implementation
5192//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5193
5194namespace {
5195
5196class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005197 bool HasVector;
5198
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005199public:
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005200 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HV)
5201 : ABIInfo(CGT), HasVector(HV) {}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005202
5203 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
5204 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005205 bool isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005206 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005207 QualType GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005208
5209 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5210 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
5211
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005212 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005213 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5214 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005215 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5216 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005217 }
5218
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005219 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5220 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005221};
5222
5223class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5224public:
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005225 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasVector)
5226 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT, HasVector)) {}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005227};
5228
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00005229}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005230
5231bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5232 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5233 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5234 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5235
5236 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5237 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5238 return true;
5239
5240 // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5241 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5242 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5243 case BuiltinType::Int:
5244 case BuiltinType::UInt:
5245 return true;
5246 default:
5247 return false;
5248 }
5249 return false;
5250}
5251
5252bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005253 return (Ty->isAnyComplexType() ||
5254 Ty->isVectorType() ||
5255 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty));
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005256}
5257
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005258bool SystemZABIInfo::isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5259 return (HasVector &&
5260 Ty->isVectorType() &&
5261 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128);
5262}
5263
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005264bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5265 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5266 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5267 case BuiltinType::Float:
5268 case BuiltinType::Double:
5269 return true;
5270 default:
5271 return false;
5272 }
5273
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005274 return false;
5275}
5276
5277QualType SystemZABIInfo::GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005278 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5279 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005280 QualType Found;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005281
5282 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5283 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00005284 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5285 QualType Base = I.getType();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005286
5287 // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5288 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5289 continue;
5290
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005291 if (!Found.isNull())
5292 return Ty;
5293 Found = GetSingleElementType(Base);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005294 }
5295
5296 // Check the fields.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00005297 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005298 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005299 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5300 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005301 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5302 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5303 continue;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005304
5305 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005306 // Nested structures still do though.
5307 if (!Found.isNull())
5308 return Ty;
5309 Found = GetSingleElementType(FD->getType());
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005310 }
5311
5312 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5313 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005314 if (!Found.isNull())
5315 return Found;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005316 }
5317
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005318 return Ty;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005319}
5320
5321llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5322 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5323 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5324 // struct {
5325 // i64 __gpr;
5326 // i64 __fpr;
5327 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5328 // i8 *__reg_save_area;
5329 // };
5330
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005331 // Every non-vector argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference
5332 // in either GPRs or FPRs. Vector arguments occupy 8 or 16 bytes and are
5333 // always passed on the stack.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005334 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005335 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
5336 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005337 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005338 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005339 bool InFPRs = false;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005340 bool IsVector = false;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005341 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
5342 if (IsIndirect) {
5343 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
5344 UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005345 } else {
5346 if (AI.getCoerceToType())
5347 ArgTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
5348 InFPRs = ArgTy->isFloatTy() || ArgTy->isDoubleTy();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005349 IsVector = ArgTy->isVectorTy();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005350 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005351 }
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005352 unsigned PaddedBitSize = (IsVector && UnpaddedBitSize > 64) ? 128 : 64;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005353 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
5354
5355 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
5356 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
5357
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005358 llvm::Type *IndexTy = CGF.Int64Ty;
5359 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
5360
5361 if (IsVector) {
5362 // Work out the address of a vector argument on the stack.
5363 // Vector arguments are always passed in the high bits of a
5364 // single (8 byte) or double (16 byte) stack slot.
5365 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5366 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 2,
5367 "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5368 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5369 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5370 llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5371 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OverflowArgArea, APTy, "mem_addr");
5372
5373 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5374 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5375 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5376 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5377
5378 return MemAddr;
5379 }
5380
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005381 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
5382 if (InFPRs) {
5383 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5384 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5385 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
5386 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
5387 } else {
5388 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5389 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5390 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5391 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5392 }
5393
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00005394 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
5395 nullptr, VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005396 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005397 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5398 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005399 "fits_in_regs");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005400
5401 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5402 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5403 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5404 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5405
5406 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5407 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5408
5409 // Work out the address of an argument register.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005410 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5411 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5412 llvm::Value *RegBase =
5413 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
5414 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5415 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
5416 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00005417 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005418 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5419 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
5420 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
5421 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
5422 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
5423 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
5424
5425 // Update the register count
5426 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5427 llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5428 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5429 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5430 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5431
5432 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5433 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5434
5435 // Work out the address of a stack argument.
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00005436 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
5437 nullptr, VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005438 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5439 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5440 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
5441 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
5442 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
5443 llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5444 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
5445
5446 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5447 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5448 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5449 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5450 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5451
5452 // Return the appropriate result.
5453 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5454 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
5455 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
5456 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
5457
5458 if (IsIndirect)
5459 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
5460
5461 return ResAddr;
5462}
5463
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005464ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5465 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5466 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005467 if (isVectorArgumentType(RetTy))
5468 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005469 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5470 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5471 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5472 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5473}
5474
5475ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5476 // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005477 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005478 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5479
5480 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5481 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5482 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5483
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005484 // Handle vector types and vector-like structure types. Note that
5485 // as opposed to float-like structure types, we do not allow any
5486 // padding for vector-like structures, so verify the sizes match.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005487 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005488 QualType SingleElementTy = GetSingleElementType(Ty);
5489 if (isVectorArgumentType(SingleElementTy) &&
5490 getContext().getTypeSize(SingleElementTy) == Size)
5491 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(SingleElementTy));
5492
5493 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005494 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005495 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005496
5497 // Handle small structures.
5498 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5499 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5500 // fail the size test above.
5501 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5502 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005503 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005504
5505 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5506 llvm::Type *PassTy;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005507 if (isFPArgumentType(SingleElementTy)) {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005508 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5509 if (Size == 32)
5510 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5511 else
5512 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5513 } else
5514 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5515 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5516 }
5517
5518 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5519 if (isCompoundType(Ty))
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005520 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005521
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005522 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005523}
5524
5525//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005526// MSP430 ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005527//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005528
5529namespace {
5530
5531class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5532public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00005533 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5534 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005535 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005536 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005537};
5538
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00005539}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005540
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005541void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005542 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5543 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5544 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5545 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5546 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5547 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5548
5549 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5550 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5551
5552 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005553 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005554
5555 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
Anton Korobeynikovc5a7f922012-11-26 18:59:10 +00005556 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
Rafael Espindola234405b2014-05-17 21:30:14 +00005557 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5558 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005559 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005560 }
5561}
5562
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005563//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005564// MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and
5565// big-endian variants.
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005566//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5567
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005568namespace {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005569class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005570 bool IsO32;
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005571 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5572 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005573 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005574 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005575 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005576 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005577public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005578 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005579 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005580 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005581
5582 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005583 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005584 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5585 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5586 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00005587 bool shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const override;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005588};
5589
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005590class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005591 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005592public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005593 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5594 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005595 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005596
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005597 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005598 return 29;
5599 }
5600
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005601 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005602 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005603 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5604 if (!FD) return;
Rafael Espindolaa0851a22013-03-19 14:32:23 +00005605 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005606 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5607 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5608 }
5609 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5610 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5611 }
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005612 }
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005613
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005614 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005615 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005616
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005617 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005618 return SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005619 }
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005620};
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00005621}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005622
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005623void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(
5624 uint64_t TySize, SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005625 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5626 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005627
5628 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5629 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5630 ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5631
5632 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5633 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5634
5635 if (R)
5636 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005637}
5638
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005639// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5640// a register.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005641llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005642 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5643
5644 if (IsO32) {
5645 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5646 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5647 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005648
Akira Hatanaka02e13e52012-01-12 00:52:17 +00005649 if (Ty->isComplexType())
5650 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka79f04612012-01-10 23:12:19 +00005651
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005652 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005653
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005654 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5655 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5656 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5657 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5658 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005659
5660 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5661 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005662 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005663
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005664 uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5665 unsigned idx = 0;
5666 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5667
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005668 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5669 // double fields.
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005670 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5671 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005672 const QualType Ty = i->getType();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005673 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5674
5675 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5676 continue;
5677
5678 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5679 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5680 continue;
5681
5682 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5683 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5684 ArgList.push_back(I64);
5685
5686 // Add double type.
5687 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5688 LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5689 }
5690
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005691 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5692 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005693
5694 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5695}
5696
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005697llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5698 uint64_t Offset) const {
5699 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005700 return nullptr;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005701
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005702 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005703}
Akira Hatanaka21ee88c2012-01-10 22:44:52 +00005704
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005705ABIArgInfo
5706MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
Daniel Sanders998c9102015-01-14 12:00:12 +00005707 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
5708
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005709 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005710 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005711 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005712
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005713 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5714 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005715 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5716 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005717
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005718 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005719 // Ignore empty aggregates.
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005720 if (TySize == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005721 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5722
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005723 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005724 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005725 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005726 }
Akira Hatanakadf425db2011-08-01 18:09:58 +00005727
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005728 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5729 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5730 // aggregate is unaligned.
Daniel Sandersaa1b3552014-10-24 15:30:16 +00005731 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5732 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
5733 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
5734 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5735 return ArgInfo;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005736 }
5737
5738 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5739 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5740 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5741
Daniel Sanders5b445b32014-10-24 14:42:42 +00005742 // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width.
5743 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005744 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5745
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005746 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005747 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005748}
5749
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005750llvm::Type*
5751MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005752 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005753 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005754
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005755 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005756 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005757 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5758 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005759
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005760 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5761 // following conditions are met:
5762 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5763 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5764 // point types.
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005765 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005766 //
5767 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5768 //
5769 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5770 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5771 for (; b != e; ++b) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005772 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005773
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005774 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5775 break;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005776
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005777 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005778 }
5779
5780 if (b == e)
5781 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5782 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5783
5784 RTList.clear();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005785 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005786 }
5787
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005788 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005789 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5790}
5791
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005792ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Akira Hatanaka60f5fe62012-01-23 23:18:57 +00005793 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5794
Daniel Sandersed39f582014-09-04 13:28:14 +00005795 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5796 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5797
5798 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs.
5799 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values.
5800 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005801 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5802
Akira Hatanakac37eddf2012-05-11 21:01:17 +00005803 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005804 if (Size <= 128) {
5805 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5806 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5807
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00005808 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small
Daniel Sanders00a56ff2014-09-04 15:07:43 +00005809 // aggregates in registers.
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00005810 if (!IsO32 ||
5811 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) {
5812 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5813 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5814 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5815 return ArgInfo;
5816 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005817 }
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005818
5819 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5820 }
5821
5822 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5823 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5824 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5825
5826 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5827 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5828}
5829
5830void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005831 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005832 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5833 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005834
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005835 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005836 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005837
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005838 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5839 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005840}
5841
5842llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5843 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005844 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5845 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005846
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00005847 // Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64.
5848 // Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32.
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005849 unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64;
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00005850 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
5851 if ((Ty->isIntegerType() &&
5852 CGF.getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) ||
5853 (Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) {
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005854 Ty = CGF.getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits,
5855 Ty->isSignedIntegerType());
5856 }
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005857
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005858 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5859 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5860 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Daniel Sanders8d36a612014-09-22 13:27:06 +00005861 int64_t TypeAlign =
5862 std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005863 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5864 llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005865 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
5866
5867 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
5868 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5869 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5870 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5871 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
5872 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5873 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5874 }
5875 else
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005876 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005877
5878 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
5879 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005880 unsigned ArgSizeInBits = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5881 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(ArgSizeInBits / 8, TypeAlign);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005882 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5883 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
5884 "ap.next");
5885 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005886
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005887 return AddrTyped;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005888}
5889
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00005890bool MipsABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const {
5891 int TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005892
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00005893 // MIPS64 ABI requires unsigned 32 bit integers to be sign extended.
5894 if (Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() && TySize == 32)
5895 return true;
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005896
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00005897 return false;
5898}
5899
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005900bool
5901MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5902 llvm::Value *Address) const {
5903 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5904 // as canonical as it gets.
5905
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005906 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers
5907 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005908 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005909
5910 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5911 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5912 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5913 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005914 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005915
5916 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5917 // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5918
5919 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5920 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5921 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5922 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5923 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005924 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005925 return false;
5926}
5927
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005928//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5929// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005930// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005931// handling.
5932//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5933
5934namespace {
5935
5936class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5937public:
5938 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5939 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5940
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005941 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005942 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005943};
5944
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005945void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005946 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005947 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5948 if (!FD) return;
5949
5950 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005951
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005952 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005953 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5954 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005955 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005956 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5957 if (Attr) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005958 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5959 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005960 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5961 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata(
5962 "opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005963
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005964 SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands;
5965 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005966
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005967 Operands.push_back(
5968 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5969 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))));
5970 Operands.push_back(
5971 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5972 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))));
5973 Operands.push_back(
5974 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5975 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005976
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005977 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint"
5978 // (false) for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later.
5979 // Currently always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005980 Operands.push_back(
5981 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005982 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5983 }
5984 }
5985 }
5986}
5987
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00005988}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005989
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005990//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5991// Hexagon ABI Implementation
5992//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5993
5994namespace {
5995
5996class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5997
5998
5999public:
6000 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6001
6002private:
6003
6004 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
6005 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
6006
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006007 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006008
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006009 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6010 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006011};
6012
6013class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6014public:
6015 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6016 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6017
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006018 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006019 return 29;
6020 }
6021};
6022
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00006023}
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006024
6025void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00006026 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
6027 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006028 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6029 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006030}
6031
6032ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
6033 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
6034 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6035 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6036 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6037
6038 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6039 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6040 }
6041
6042 // Ignore empty records.
6043 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
6044 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6045
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00006046 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00006047 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006048
6049 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6050 if (Size > 64)
6051 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
6052 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
6053 else if (Size > 32)
6054 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6055 else if (Size > 16)
6056 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6057 else if (Size > 8)
6058 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6059 else
6060 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6061}
6062
6063ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
6064 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
6065 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6066
6067 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
6068 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
6069 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
6070
6071 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
6072 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6073 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
6074 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6075
6076 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6077 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6078 }
6079
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006080 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
6081 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6082
6083 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
6084 // are returned indirectly.
6085 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
6086 if (Size <= 64) {
6087 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
6088 if (Size <= 8)
6089 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6090 if (Size <= 16)
6091 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6092 if (Size <= 32)
6093 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6094 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6095 }
6096
6097 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
6098}
6099
6100llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006101 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006102 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006103 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006104
6105 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6106 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
6107 "ap");
6108 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6109 llvm::Type *PTy =
6110 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
6111 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
6112
6113 uint64_t Offset =
6114 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
6115 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
6116 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
6117 "ap.next");
6118 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6119
6120 return AddrTyped;
6121}
6122
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006123//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6124// AMDGPU ABI Implementation
6125//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6126
6127namespace {
6128
6129class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6130public:
6131 AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6132 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006133 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006134 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6135};
6136
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00006137}
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006138
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006139void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006140 const Decl *D,
6141 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6142 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
6143 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
6144 if (!FD)
6145 return;
6146
6147 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) {
6148 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6149 uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR();
6150 if (NumVGPR != 0)
6151 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR));
6152 }
6153
6154 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) {
6155 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6156 unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR();
6157 if (NumSGPR != 0)
6158 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR));
6159 }
6160}
6161
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006162
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006163//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6164// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
6165// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
6166//
6167// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
6168// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
6169// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
6170//
6171// One case requires special care:
6172//
6173// struct mixed {
6174// int i;
6175// float f;
6176// };
6177//
6178// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
6179// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
6180// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
6181// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
6182//
6183// declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
6184//
6185// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
6186// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
6187// bytes.
6188//
6189namespace {
6190class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6191public:
6192 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6193
6194private:
6195 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006196 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
6197 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6198 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006199
6200 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
6201 // serves two purposes:
6202 //
6203 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
6204 // in registers.
6205 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
6206 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
6207 //
6208 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
6209 // aligned 32-bit floats.
6210 //
6211 struct CoerceBuilder {
6212 llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
6213 const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
6214 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
6215 uint64_t Size;
6216 bool InReg;
6217
6218 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
6219 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
6220
6221 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
6222 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
6223 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
6224 if (ToSize == Size)
6225 return;
6226
6227 // Finish the current 64-bit word.
6228 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
6229 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
6230 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
6231 Size = Aligned;
6232 }
6233
6234 // Add whole 64-bit words.
6235 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
6236 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
6237 Size += 64;
6238 }
6239
6240 // Final in-word padding.
6241 if (Size < ToSize) {
6242 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
6243 Size = ToSize;
6244 }
6245 }
6246
6247 // Add a floating point element at Offset.
6248 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
6249 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
6250 if (Offset % Bits)
6251 return;
6252 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
6253 if (Bits < 64)
6254 InReg = true;
6255 pad(Offset);
6256 Elems.push_back(Ty);
6257 Size = Offset + Bits;
6258 }
6259
6260 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
6261 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
6262 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
6263 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
6264 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
6265 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
6266 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
6267 case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
6268 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
6269 break;
6270 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
6271 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
6272 break;
6273 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
6274 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
6275 break;
6276 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
6277 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
6278 break;
6279 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
6280 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
6281 pad(ElemOffset);
6282 Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
6283 Size += 64;
6284 }
6285 break;
6286 default:
6287 break;
6288 }
6289 }
6290 }
6291
6292 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
6293 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
Benjamin Kramer39ccabe2015-03-02 11:57:06 +00006294 return llvm::makeArrayRef(Elems) == Ty->elements();
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006295 }
6296
6297 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
6298 llvm::Type *getType() const {
6299 if (Elems.size() == 1)
6300 return Elems.front();
6301 else
6302 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
6303 }
6304 };
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006305};
6306} // end anonymous namespace
6307
6308ABIArgInfo
6309SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
6310 if (Ty->isVoidType())
6311 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6312
6313 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6314
6315 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
6316 // pointer / sret pointer.
6317 if (Size > SizeLimit)
6318 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
6319
6320 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6321 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6322 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6323
6324 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
6325 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
6326 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6327
6328 // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
6329 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
6330 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6331
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00006332 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
6333 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
6334 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
6335 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
6336
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006337 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006338 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
6339 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
6340 if (!StrTy)
6341 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6342
6343 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6344 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
6345 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
6346
6347 // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6348 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6349
6350 if (CB.InReg)
6351 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6352 else
6353 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006354}
6355
6356llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6357 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006358 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6359 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6360 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6361 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6362
6363 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
6364 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6365 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
6366 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6367 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6368 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6369 unsigned Stride;
6370
6371 switch (AI.getKind()) {
6372 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006373 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006374 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6375
6376 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6377 Stride = 8;
6378 ArgAddr = Builder
6379 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
6380 "extend");
6381 break;
6382
6383 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6384 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6385 ArgAddr = Addr;
6386 break;
6387
6388 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6389 Stride = 8;
6390 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
6391 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
6392 "indirect");
6393 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
6394 break;
6395
6396 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6397 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6398 }
6399
6400 // Update VAList.
6401 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
6402 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6403
6404 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006405}
6406
6407void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6408 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006409 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6410 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006411}
6412
6413namespace {
6414class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6415public:
6416 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6417 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006418
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006419 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006420 return 14;
6421 }
6422
6423 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006424 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006425};
6426} // end anonymous namespace
6427
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006428bool
6429SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6430 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6431 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6432 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6433
6434 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6435
6436 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6437 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6438 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6439
6440 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6441 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6442
6443 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6444 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6445
6446 // Y = 64
6447 // PSR = 65
6448 // WIM = 66
6449 // TBR = 67
6450 // PC = 68
6451 // NPC = 69
6452 // FSR = 70
6453 // CSR = 71
6454 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006455
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006456 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6457 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6458
6459 return false;
6460}
6461
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006462
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006463//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006464// XCore ABI Implementation
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006465//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006466
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006467namespace {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006468
6469/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6470/// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6471typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6472
6473/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6474///
6475/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6476/// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6477/// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6478///
6479/// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6480/// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive;
6481/// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive;
6482/// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString;
6483/// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6484/// Recursive type encoding.
6485///
6486/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6487/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6488/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6489/// the type is encountered.
6490///
6491/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6492/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6493/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6494/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6495/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6496///
6497/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6498/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6499/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6500/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6501/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6502///
6503/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6504///
6505/// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6506/// cached encoding is used;
6507///
6508/// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6509/// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6510///
6511/// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6512/// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6513///
6514/// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6515/// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6516/// it is swapped back in;
6517///
6518/// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6519/// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6520/// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6521///
6522/// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6523/// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6524/// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6525/// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6526///
6527class TypeStringCache {
6528 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6529 struct Entry {
6530 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6531 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6532 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6533 // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6534 };
6535 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6536 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6537 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6538public:
Hans Wennborg4afe5042015-07-22 20:46:26 +00006539 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {}
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006540 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6541 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6542 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6543 bool IsRecursive);
6544 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6545};
6546
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006547/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006548/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6549class FieldEncoding {
6550 bool HasName;
6551 std::string Enc;
6552public:
Hans Wennborg4afe5042015-07-22 20:46:26 +00006553 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {}
6554 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();}
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006555 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6556 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6557 return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6558 }
6559};
6560
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006561class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6562public:
6563 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006564 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6565 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006566};
6567
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006568class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006569 mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006570public:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006571 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006572 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Rafael Espindola8dcd6e72014-05-08 15:01:48 +00006573 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6574 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006575};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006576
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006577} // End anonymous namespace.
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006578
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006579llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6580 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006581 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006582
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006583 // Get the VAList.
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006584 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
6585 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
6586 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006587
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006588 // Handle the argument.
6589 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
6590 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6591 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6592 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006593 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006594 llvm::Value *Val;
Andy Gibbsd9ba4722013-10-14 07:02:04 +00006595 uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006596 switch (AI.getKind()) {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006597 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006598 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006599 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6600 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006601 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6602 ArgSize = 0;
6603 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006604 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6605 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006606 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6607 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6608 if (ArgSize < 4)
6609 ArgSize = 4;
6610 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006611 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6612 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6613 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
6614 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006615 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
6616 ArgSize = 4;
6617 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006618 }
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006619
6620 // Increment the VAList.
6621 if (ArgSize) {
6622 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
6623 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6624 }
6625 return Val;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006626}
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006627
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006628/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6629/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6630/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6631/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6632/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6633void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6634 std::string StubEnc) {
6635 if (!ID)
6636 return;
6637 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6638 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6639 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6640 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6641 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6642 E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6643 E.State = Incomplete;
6644 ++IncompleteCount;
6645}
6646
6647/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6648/// must be removed from the cache.
6649/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6650/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6651bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6652 if (!ID)
6653 return false;
6654 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6655 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6656 Entry &E = I->second;
6657 assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6658 E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6659 "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6660 bool IsRecursive = false;
6661 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6662 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6663 IsRecursive = true;
6664 --IncompleteUsedCount;
6665 }
6666 if (E.Swapped.empty())
6667 Map.erase(I);
6668 else {
6669 // Swap the Recursive back.
6670 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6671 E.Swapped.clear();
6672 E.State = Recursive;
6673 }
6674 --IncompleteCount;
6675 return IsRecursive;
6676}
6677
6678/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6679/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6680void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6681 bool IsRecursive) {
6682 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6683 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6684 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6685 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6686 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6687 "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6688 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6689 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6690 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6691 return;
6692 }
6693 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6694 E.Str = Str.str();
6695 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6696}
6697
6698/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6699/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6700/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6701StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6702 if (!ID)
6703 return StringRef(); // We have no key.
6704 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6705 if (I == Map.end())
6706 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding.
6707 Entry &E = I->second;
6708 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6709 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6710
6711 if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6712 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6713 E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6714 ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6715 }
6716 return E.Str.c_str();
6717}
6718
6719/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6720/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6721/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6722/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6723/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6724/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6725///
6726/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6727/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006728/// https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006729/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6730///
6731static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6732 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6733
6734/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6735void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6736 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6737 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6738 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6739 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00006740 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 2> MDVals;
6741 MDVals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV));
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006742 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6743 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6744 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6745 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6746 }
6747}
6748
6749static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6750 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6751 TypeStringCache &TSC);
6752
6753/// Helper function for appendRecordType().
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006754/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration
6755/// order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006756static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6757 const RecordDecl *RD,
6758 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6759 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006760 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006761 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6762 Enc += "m(";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006763 Enc += Field->getName();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006764 Enc += "){";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006765 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006766 Enc += "b(";
6767 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6768 OS.resync();
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006769 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006770 OS.flush();
6771 Enc += ':';
6772 }
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006773 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC))
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006774 return false;
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006775 if (Field->isBitField())
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006776 Enc += ')';
6777 Enc += '}';
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00006778 FE.emplace_back(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006779 }
6780 return true;
6781}
6782
6783/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6784/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6785/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6786static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6787 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6788 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6789 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6790 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6791 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6792 Enc += TypeString;
6793 return true;
6794 }
6795
6796 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6797 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6798 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6799 Enc += '(';
6800 if (ID)
6801 Enc += ID->getName();
6802 Enc += "){";
6803
6804 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6805 bool IsRecursive = false;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006806 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6807 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6808 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6809 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6810 // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006811 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006812 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6813 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6814 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6815 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6816 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6817 return false;
6818 }
6819 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6820 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6821 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6822 if (RT->isUnionType())
6823 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006824 // We can now complete the TypeString.
6825 unsigned E = FE.size();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006826 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6827 if (I)
6828 Enc += ',';
6829 Enc += FE[I].str();
6830 }
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006831 }
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006832 Enc += '}';
6833 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6834 return true;
6835}
6836
6837/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6838static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6839 TypeStringCache &TSC,
6840 const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6841 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6842 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6843 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6844 Enc += TypeString;
6845 return true;
6846 }
6847
6848 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6849 Enc += "e(";
6850 if (ID)
6851 Enc += ID->getName();
6852 Enc += "){";
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006853
6854 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006855 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006856 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6857 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6858 ++I) {
6859 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6860 EnumEnc += "m(";
6861 EnumEnc += I->getName();
6862 EnumEnc += "){";
6863 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6864 EnumEnc += '}';
6865 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6866 }
6867 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6868 unsigned E = FE.size();
6869 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6870 if (I)
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006871 Enc += ',';
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006872 Enc += FE[I].str();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006873 }
6874 }
6875 Enc += '}';
6876 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6877 return true;
6878}
6879
6880/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6881/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6882static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6883 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6884 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6885 int Lookup = 0;
6886 if (QT.isConstQualified())
6887 Lookup += 1<<0;
6888 if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6889 Lookup += 1<<1;
6890 if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6891 Lookup += 1<<2;
6892 Enc += Table[Lookup];
6893}
6894
6895/// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6896static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6897 const char *EncType;
6898 switch (BT->getKind()) {
6899 case BuiltinType::Void:
6900 EncType = "0";
6901 break;
6902 case BuiltinType::Bool:
6903 EncType = "b";
6904 break;
6905 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6906 EncType = "uc";
6907 break;
6908 case BuiltinType::UChar:
6909 EncType = "uc";
6910 break;
6911 case BuiltinType::SChar:
6912 EncType = "sc";
6913 break;
6914 case BuiltinType::UShort:
6915 EncType = "us";
6916 break;
6917 case BuiltinType::Short:
6918 EncType = "ss";
6919 break;
6920 case BuiltinType::UInt:
6921 EncType = "ui";
6922 break;
6923 case BuiltinType::Int:
6924 EncType = "si";
6925 break;
6926 case BuiltinType::ULong:
6927 EncType = "ul";
6928 break;
6929 case BuiltinType::Long:
6930 EncType = "sl";
6931 break;
6932 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6933 EncType = "ull";
6934 break;
6935 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6936 EncType = "sll";
6937 break;
6938 case BuiltinType::Float:
6939 EncType = "ft";
6940 break;
6941 case BuiltinType::Double:
6942 EncType = "d";
6943 break;
6944 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6945 EncType = "ld";
6946 break;
6947 default:
6948 return false;
6949 }
6950 Enc += EncType;
6951 return true;
6952}
6953
6954/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6955static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6956 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6957 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6958 Enc += "p(";
6959 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6960 return false;
6961 Enc += ')';
6962 return true;
6963}
6964
6965/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006966static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6967 const ArrayType *AT,
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006968 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6969 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6970 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6971 return false;
6972 Enc += "a(";
6973 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6974 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6975 else
6976 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6977 Enc += ':';
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006978 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6979 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006980 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6981 return false;
6982 Enc += ')';
6983 return true;
6984}
6985
6986/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
6987/// and the arguments.
6988static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
6989 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6990 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6991 Enc += "f{";
6992 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
6993 return false;
6994 Enc += "}(";
6995 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6996 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
6997 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
6998 auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
6999 if (I != E) {
7000 do {
7001 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
7002 return false;
7003 ++I;
7004 if (I != E)
7005 Enc += ',';
7006 } while (I != E);
7007 if (FPT->isVariadic())
7008 Enc += ",va";
7009 } else {
7010 if (FPT->isVariadic())
7011 Enc += "va";
7012 else
7013 Enc += '0';
7014 }
7015 }
7016 Enc += ')';
7017 return true;
7018}
7019
7020/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
7021/// type encodings.
7022static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
7023 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7024 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7025
7026 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
7027
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007028 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
7029 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7030 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7031 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
7032
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007033 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
7034
7035 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
7036 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
7037
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007038 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
7039 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
7040
7041 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
7042 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7043
7044 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
7045 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7046
7047 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
7048 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7049
7050 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
7051 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
7052
7053 return false;
7054}
7055
7056static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
7057 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7058 if (!D)
7059 return false;
7060
7061 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7062 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7063 return false;
7064 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
7065 }
7066
7067 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7068 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7069 return false;
7070 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
7071 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
7072 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007073 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7074 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7075 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007076 }
7077 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
7078 }
7079 return false;
7080}
7081
7082
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007083//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7084// Driver code
7085//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7086
Rafael Espindola9f834732014-09-19 01:54:22 +00007087const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const {
7088 return getTarget().getTriple();
7089}
7090
7091bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const {
7092 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO();
7093}
7094
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007095const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007096 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
7097 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007098
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007099 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
Daniel Dunbar40165182009-08-24 09:10:05 +00007100 switch (Triple.getArch()) {
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007101 default:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007102 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007103
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +00007104 case llvm::Triple::le32:
7105 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00007106 case llvm::Triple::mips:
7107 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
Petar Jovanovic26a4a402015-07-08 13:07:31 +00007108 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::NaCl)
7109 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007110 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
7111
Akira Hatanakaec11b4f2011-09-20 18:30:57 +00007112 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
7113 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007114 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
7115
Tim Northover25e8a672014-05-24 12:51:25 +00007116 case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
Tim Northover40956e62014-07-23 12:32:58 +00007117 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007118 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007119 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007120 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007121
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007122 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007123 }
7124
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007125 case llvm::Triple::arm:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007126 case llvm::Triple::armeb:
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007127 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007128 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007129 {
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00007130 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
7131 TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7132 new WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP);
7133 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
7134 }
7135
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007136 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007137 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007138 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
David Tweed8f676532012-10-25 13:33:01 +00007139 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007140 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
7141 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007142 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
7143
Derek Schuff71658bd2015-01-29 00:47:04 +00007144 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007145 }
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007146
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007147 case llvm::Triple::ppc:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007148 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00007149 case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007150 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007151 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007152 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
7153 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007154 bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007155
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007156 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007157 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007158 } else
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00007159 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007160 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
Bill Schmidt778d3872013-07-26 01:36:11 +00007161 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007162 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007163 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1" || getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx")
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007164 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007165 bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007166
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007167 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007168 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007169 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007170
Peter Collingbournec947aae2012-05-20 23:28:41 +00007171 case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
7172 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00007173 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00007174
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007175 case llvm::Triple::msp430:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007176 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007177
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00007178 case llvm::Triple::systemz: {
7179 bool HasVector = getTarget().getABI() == "vector";
7180 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7181 HasVector));
7182 }
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00007183
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00007184 case llvm::Triple::tce:
7185 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7186
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007187 case llvm::Triple::x86: {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007188 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
7189 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
7190 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
Saleem Abdulrasoolec5c6242014-11-23 02:16:24 +00007191 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing();
Daniel Dunbar14ad22f2011-04-19 21:43:27 +00007192
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007193 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007194 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(
7195 Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7196 IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007197 } else {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007198 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(
7199 Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7200 IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007201 }
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007202 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007203
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007204 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007205 StringRef ABI = getTarget().getABI();
Ahmed Bougacha0b938282015-06-22 21:31:43 +00007206 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel = (ABI == "avx512" ? X86AVXABILevel::AVX512 :
7207 ABI == "avx" ? X86AVXABILevel::AVX :
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007208 X86AVXABILevel::None);
7209
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007210 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
7211 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007212 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7213 new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00007214 case llvm::Triple::PS4:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007215 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7216 new PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007217 default:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007218 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7219 new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007220 }
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007221 }
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00007222 case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
7223 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00007224 case llvm::Triple::r600:
7225 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Tom Stellardd8e38a32015-01-06 20:34:47 +00007226 case llvm::Triple::amdgcn:
7227 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00007228 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
7229 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007230 case llvm::Triple::xcore:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00007231 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007232 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007233}